diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'unix')
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixColor.c | 242 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixCursor.c | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixFocus.c | 107 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixKey.c | 150 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixSelect.c | 627 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixSend.c | 1000 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixWm.c | 3028 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | unix/tkUnixXId.c | 354 |
8 files changed, 2785 insertions, 2876 deletions
diff --git a/unix/tkUnixColor.c b/unix/tkUnixColor.c index 0337ee6..e32233b 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixColor.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixColor.c @@ -1,54 +1,53 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixColor.c -- * - * This file contains the platform specific color routines - * needed for X support. + * This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X + * support. * * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixColor.c,v 1.3 2004/01/13 02:06:01 davygrvy Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixColor.c,v 1.4 2005/10/21 01:51:44 dkf Exp $ */ #include <tkColor.h> /* - * If a colormap fills up, attempts to allocate new colors from that - * colormap will fail. When that happens, we'll just choose the - * closest color from those that are available in the colormap. - * One of the following structures will be created for each "stressed" - * colormap to keep track of the colors that are available in the - * colormap (otherwise we would have to re-query from the server on - * each allocation, which would be very slow). These entries are - * flushed after a few seconds, since other clients may release or + * If a colormap fills up, attempts to allocate new colors from that colormap + * will fail. When that happens, we'll just choose the closest color from + * those that are available in the colormap. One of the following structures + * will be created for each "stressed" colormap to keep track of the colors + * that are available in the colormap (otherwise we would have to re-query + * from the server on each allocation, which would be very slow). These + * entries are flushed after a few seconds, since other clients may release or * reallocate colors over time. */ struct TkStressedCmap { - Colormap colormap; /* X's token for the colormap. */ - int numColors; /* Number of entries currently active - * at *colorPtr. */ - XColor *colorPtr; /* Pointer to malloc'ed array of all - * colors that seem to be available in - * the colormap. Some may not actually - * be available, e.g. because they are - * read-write for another client; when - * we find this out, we remove them - * from the array. */ - struct TkStressedCmap *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all stressed - * colormaps for the display. */ + Colormap colormap; /* X's token for the colormap. */ + int numColors; /* Number of entries currently active at + * *colorPtr. */ + XColor *colorPtr; /* Pointer to malloc'ed array of all colors + * that seem to be available in the colormap. + * Some may not actually be available, e.g. + * because they are read-write for another + * client; when we find this out, we remove + * them from the array. */ + struct TkStressedCmap *nextPtr; + /* Next in list of all stressed colormaps for + * the display. */ }; /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static void DeleteStressedCmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display, - Colormap colormap)); -static void FindClosestColor _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - XColor *desiredColorPtr, XColor *actualColorPtr)); +static void DeleteStressedCmap(Display *display, + Colormap colormap); +static void FindClosestColor(Tk_Window tkwin, + XColor *desiredColorPtr, XColor *actualColorPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -61,15 +60,15 @@ static void FindClosestColor _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, * None * * Side effects: - * Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with - * the given color. + * Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with the + * given color. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) - TkColor *tkColPtr; /* Color to be released. Must have been +TkpFreeColor( + TkColor *tkColPtr) /* Color to be released. Must have been * allocated by TkpGetColor or * TkpGetColorByValue. */ { @@ -77,14 +76,13 @@ TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) Screen *screen = tkColPtr->screen; /* - * Careful! Don't free black or white, since this will - * make some servers very unhappy. Also, there is a bug in - * some servers (such Sun's X11/NeWS server) where reference - * counting is performed incorrectly, so that if a color is - * allocated twice in different places and then freed twice, - * the second free generates an error (this bug existed as of - * 10/1/92). To get around this problem, ignore errors that - * occur during the free operation. + * Careful! Don't free black or white, since this will make some servers + * very unhappy. Also, there is a bug in some servers (such Sun's X11/NeWS + * server) where reference counting is performed incorrectly, so that if a + * color is allocated twice in different places and then freed twice, the + * second free generates an error (this bug existed as of 10/1/92). To get + * around this problem, ignore errors that occur during the free + * operation. */ visual = tkColPtr->visual; @@ -94,7 +92,7 @@ TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) Tk_ErrorHandler handler; handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(DisplayOfScreen(screen), - -1, -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); XFreeColors(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap, &tkColPtr->color.pixel, 1, 0L); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); @@ -114,16 +112,15 @@ TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) * * Side effects: * May invalidate the colormap cache associated with tkwin upon - * allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor - * structure. + * allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkColor * -TkpGetColor(tkwin, name) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which color will be used. */ - Tk_Uid name; /* Name of color to allocated (in form +TkpGetColor( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ + Tk_Uid name) /* Name of color to allocated (in form * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */ { Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); @@ -132,7 +129,7 @@ TkpGetColor(tkwin, name) TkColor *tkColPtr; /* - * Map from the name to a pixel value. Call XAllocNamedColor rather than + * Map from the name to a pixel value. Call XAllocNamedColor rather than * XParseColor for non-# names: this saves a server round-trip for those * names. */ @@ -145,21 +142,20 @@ TkpGetColor(tkwin, name) DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap); } else { /* - * Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to - * a color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color - * name or a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then - * pick an approximation to the desired color. + * Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to a + * color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color name or + * a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then pick an + * approximation to the desired color. */ - if (XLookupColor(display, colormap, name, &color, - &screen) == 0) { - return (TkColor *) NULL; + if (XLookupColor(display, colormap, name, &color, &screen) == 0) { + return NULL; } FindClosestColor(tkwin, &screen, &color); } } else { if (XParseColor(display, colormap, name, &color) == 0) { - return (TkColor *) NULL; + return NULL; } if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) { DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap); @@ -179,27 +175,26 @@ TkpGetColor(tkwin, name) * * TkpGetColorByValue -- * - * Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, - * locate a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given - * window. + * Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, locate + * a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given window. * * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that - * indicates the closest red, blue, and green intensities available - * to those specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel - * value to use to draw in that color. + * The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that indicates + * the closest red, blue, and green intensities available to those + * specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel value to use to draw + * in that color. * * Side effects: - * May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. - * Allocates a new TkColor structure. + * May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. Allocates + * a new TkColor structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkColor * -TkpGetColorByValue(tkwin, colorPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which color will be used. */ - XColor *colorPtr; /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate +TkpGetColorByValue( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ + XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate * desired color. */ { Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); @@ -223,15 +218,15 @@ TkpGetColorByValue(tkwin, colorPtr) * * FindClosestColor -- * - * When Tk can't allocate a color because a colormap has filled - * up, this procedure is called to find and allocate the closest - * available color in the colormap. + * When Tk can't allocate a color because a colormap has filled up, this + * function is called to find and allocate the closest available color in + * the colormap. * * Results: - * There is no return value, but *actualColorPtr is filled in - * with information about the closest available color in tkwin's - * colormap. This color has been allocated via X, so it must - * be released by the caller when the caller is done with it. + * There is no return value, but *actualColorPtr is filled in with + * information about the closest available color in tkwin's colormap. + * This color has been allocated via X, so it must be released by the + * caller when the caller is done with it. * * Side effects: * A color is allocated. @@ -240,13 +235,12 @@ TkpGetColorByValue(tkwin, colorPtr) */ static void -FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window where color will be used. */ - XColor *desiredColorPtr; /* RGB values of color that was - * wanted (but unavailable). */ - XColor *actualColorPtr; /* Structure to fill in with RGB and - * pixel for closest available - * color. */ +FindClosestColor( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window where color will be used. */ + XColor *desiredColorPtr, /* RGB values of color that was wanted (but + * unavailable). */ + XColor *actualColorPtr) /* Structure to fill in with RGB and pixel for + * closest available color. */ { TkStressedCmap *stressPtr; double tmp, distance, closestDistance; @@ -257,8 +251,8 @@ FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) XVisualInfo template, *visInfoPtr; /* - * Find the TkStressedCmap structure for this colormap, or create - * a new one if needed. + * Find the TkStressedCmap structure for this colormap, or create a new + * one if needed. */ for (stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; ; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) { @@ -266,20 +260,24 @@ FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) stressPtr = (TkStressedCmap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkStressedCmap)); stressPtr->colormap = colormap; template.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin)); + visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin), VisualIDMask, &template, &numFound); if (numFound < 1) { Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor couldn't lookup visual"); } + stressPtr->numColors = visInfoPtr->colormap_size; XFree((char *) visInfoPtr); stressPtr->colorPtr = (XColor *) ckalloc((unsigned) (stressPtr->numColors * sizeof(XColor))); - for (i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; i++) { + for (i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; i++) { stressPtr->colorPtr[i].pixel = (unsigned long) i; } + XQueryColors(dispPtr->display, colormap, stressPtr->colorPtr, stressPtr->numColors); + stressPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr; break; @@ -290,14 +288,14 @@ FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) } /* - * Find the color that best approximates the desired one, then - * try to allocate that color. If that fails, it must mean that - * the color was read-write (so we can't use it, since it's owner - * might change it) or else it was already freed. Try again, - * over and over again, until something succeeds. + * Find the color that best approximates the desired one, then try to + * allocate that color. If that fails, it must mean that the color was + * read-write (so we can't use it, since it's owner might change it) or + * else it was already freed. Try again, over and over again, until + * something succeeds. */ - while (1) { + while (1) { if (stressPtr->numColors == 0) { Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor ran out of colors"); } @@ -306,11 +304,11 @@ FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) for (colorPtr = stressPtr->colorPtr, i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; colorPtr++, i++) { /* - * Use Euclidean distance in RGB space, weighted by Y (of YIQ) - * as the objective function; this accounts for differences - * in the color sensitivity of the eye. + * Use Euclidean distance in RGB space, weighted by Y (of YIQ) as + * the objective function; this accounts for differences in the + * color sensitivity of the eye. */ - + tmp = .30*(((int) desiredColorPtr->red) - (int) colorPtr->red); distance = tmp*tmp; tmp = .61*(((int) desiredColorPtr->green) - (int) colorPtr->green); @@ -329,8 +327,8 @@ FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) } /* - * Couldn't allocate the color. Remove it from the table and - * go back to look for the next best color. + * Couldn't allocate the color. Remove it from the table and go back + * to look for the next best color. */ stressPtr->colorPtr[closest] = @@ -344,31 +342,30 @@ FindClosestColor(tkwin, desiredColorPtr, actualColorPtr) * * DeleteStressedCmap -- * - * This procedure releases the information cached for "colormap" - * so that it will be refetched from the X server the next time - * it is needed. + * This function releases the information cached for "colormap" so that + * it will be refetched from the X server the next time it is needed. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The TkStressedCmap structure for colormap is deleted; the - * colormap is no longer considered to be "stressed". + * The TkStressedCmap structure for colormap is deleted; the colormap is + * no longer considered to be "stressed". * * Note: - * This procedure is invoked whenever a color in a colormap is - * freed, and whenever a color allocation in a colormap succeeds. - * This guarantees that TkStressedCmap structures are always - * deleted before the corresponding Colormap is freed. + * This function is invoked whenever a color in a colormap is freed, and + * whenever a color allocation in a colormap succeeds. This guarantees + * that TkStressedCmap structures are always deleted before the + * corresponding Colormap is freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap) - Display *display; /* Xlib's handle for the display - * containing the colormap. */ - Colormap colormap; /* Colormap to flush. */ +DeleteStressedCmap( + Display *display, /* Xlib's handle for the display containing + * the colormap. */ + Colormap colormap) /* Colormap to flush. */ { TkStressedCmap *prevPtr, *stressPtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display); @@ -393,12 +390,11 @@ DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap) * * TkpCmapStressed -- * - * Check to see whether a given colormap is known to be out - * of entries. + * Check to see whether a given colormap is known to be out of entries. * * Results: - * 1 is returned if "colormap" is stressed (i.e. it has run out - * of entries recently), 0 otherwise. + * 1 is returned if "colormap" is stressed (i.e. it has run out of + * entries recently), 0 otherwise. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -407,10 +403,10 @@ DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap) */ int -TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, colormap) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that identifies the display +TkpCmapStressed( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies the display * containing the colormap. */ - Colormap colormap; /* Colormap to check for stress. */ + Colormap colormap) /* Colormap to check for stress. */ { TkStressedCmap *stressPtr; @@ -422,3 +418,11 @@ TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, colormap) } return 0; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixCursor.c b/unix/tkUnixCursor.c index 3ac51c5..858025c 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixCursor.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixCursor.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixCursor.c -- * * This file contains X specific cursor manipulation routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixCursor.c,v 1.6 2002/08/05 04:30:40 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixCursor.c,v 1.7 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkPort.h" @@ -16,26 +16,24 @@ /* * The following data structure is a superset of the TkCursor structure - * defined in tkCursor.c. Each system specific cursor module will define - * a different cursor structure. All of these structures must have the - * same header consisting of the fields in TkCursor. + * defined in tkCursor.c. Each system specific cursor module will define a + * different cursor structure. All of these structures must have the same + * header consisting of the fields in TkCursor. */ - - typedef struct { TkCursor info; /* Generic cursor info used by tkCursor.c */ Display *display; /* Display for which cursor is valid. */ } TkUnixCursor; /* - * The table below is used to map from the name of a cursor to its - * index in the official cursor font: + * The table below is used to map from the name of a cursor to its index in + * the official cursor font: */ static struct CursorName { - char *name; - unsigned int shape; + CONST char *name; + unsigned int shape; } cursorNames[] = { {"X_cursor", XC_X_cursor}, {"arrow", XC_arrow}, @@ -124,19 +122,18 @@ static struct CursorName { #ifndef CURSORFONT #define CURSORFONT "cursor" #endif - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkGetCursorByName -- * - * Retrieve a cursor by name. Parse the cursor name into fields - * and create a cursor, either from the standard cursor font or - * from bitmap files. + * Retrieve a cursor by name. Parse the cursor name into fields and + * create a cursor, either from the standard cursor font or from bitmap + * files. * * Results: - * Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors. + * Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors. * * Side effects: * Allocates a new cursor. @@ -145,11 +142,11 @@ static struct CursorName { */ TkCursor * -TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - Tk_Uid string; /* Description of cursor. See manual entry - * for details on legal syntax. */ +TkGetCursorByName( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ + Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for + * details on legal syntax. */ { TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL; Cursor cursor = None; @@ -172,11 +169,11 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* - * The cursor is to come from the standard cursor font. If one - * arg, it is cursor name (use black and white for fg and bg). - * If two args, they are name and fg color (ignore mask). If - * three args, they are name, fg, bg. Some of the code below - * is stolen from the XCreateFontCursor Xlib procedure. + * The cursor is to come from the standard cursor font. If one arg, it + * is cursor name (use black and white for fg and bg). If two args, + * they are name and fg color (ignore mask). If three args, they are + * name, fg, bg. Some of the code below is stolen from the + * XCreateFontCursor Xlib function. */ if (argc > 3) { @@ -196,22 +193,19 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0; bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535; } else { - if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], - &fg) == 0) { + if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], &fg) == 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[1], - "\"", (char *) NULL); + "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } if (argc == 2) { bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0; maskIndex = namePtr->shape; - } else { - if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[2], - &bg) == 0) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[2], - "\"", (char *) NULL); - goto cleanup; - } + } else if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[2], + &bg) == 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[2], + "\"", NULL); + goto cleanup; } } dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; @@ -230,21 +224,21 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) int xHot, yHot, dummy1, dummy2; XColor fg, bg; - /* - * Prevent file system access in safe interpreters. - */ + /* + * Prevent file system access in safe interpreters. + */ + + if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get cursor from a file in", + " a safe interpreter", NULL); + cursorPtr = NULL; + goto cleanup; + } - if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get cursor from a file in", - " a safe interpreter", (char *) NULL); - cursorPtr = NULL; - goto cleanup; - } - /* - * The cursor is to be created by reading bitmap files. There - * should be either two elements in the list (source, color) or - * four (source mask fg bg). + * The cursor is to be created by reading bitmap files. There should + * be either two elements in the list (source, color) or four (source + * mask fg bg). */ if ((argc != 2) && (argc != 4)) { @@ -255,19 +249,18 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) (unsigned int *) &width, (unsigned int *) &height, &source, &xHot, &yHot) != BitmapSuccess) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cleanup reading bitmap file \"", - &argv[0][1], "\"", (char *) NULL); + &argv[0][1], "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } if ((xHot < 0) || (yHot < 0) || (xHot >= width) || (yHot >= height)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad hot spot in bitmap file \"", - &argv[0][1], "\"", (char *) NULL); + &argv[0][1], "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } if (argc == 2) { - if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], - &fg) == 0) { + if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], &fg) == 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", - argv[1], "\"", (char *) NULL); + argv[1], "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, source, @@ -278,7 +271,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) (unsigned int *) &maskWidth, (unsigned int *) &maskHeight, &mask, &dummy1, &dummy2) != BitmapSuccess) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cleanup reading bitmap file \"", - argv[1], "\"", (char *) NULL); + argv[1], "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } if ((maskWidth != width) && (maskHeight != height)) { @@ -290,13 +283,13 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[2], &fg) == 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[2], - "\"", (char *) NULL); + "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } if (XParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[3], &bg) == 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[3], - "\"", (char *) NULL); + "\"", NULL); goto cleanup; } cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, mask, @@ -310,7 +303,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) cursorPtr->display = display; } - cleanup: + cleanup: if (argv != NULL) { ckfree((char *) argv); } @@ -322,13 +315,11 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) } return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr; - - badString: + badString: if (argv) { ckfree((char *) argv); } - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL); return NULL; } @@ -349,15 +340,14 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) */ TkCursor * -TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, - fgColor, bgColor) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *source; /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - CONST char *mask; /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ - int width, height; /* Dimensions of cursor. */ - int xHot, yHot; /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ - XColor fgColor; /* Foreground color for cursor. */ - XColor bgColor; /* Background color for cursor. */ +TkCreateCursorFromData( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ + CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ + CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ + int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ + int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ + XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ + XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */ { Cursor cursor; Pixmap sourcePixmap, maskPixmap; @@ -367,7 +357,7 @@ TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, sourcePixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), source, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - maskPixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, + maskPixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), mask, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap, @@ -388,7 +378,7 @@ TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, * * TkpFreeCursor -- * - * This procedure is called to release a cursor allocated by + * This function is called to release a cursor allocated by * TkGetCursorByName. * * Results: @@ -401,10 +391,19 @@ TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, */ void -TkpFreeCursor(cursorPtr) - TkCursor *cursorPtr; +TkpFreeCursor( + TkCursor *cursorPtr) { TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr; + XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor); Tk_FreeXId(unixCursorPtr->display, (XID) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixFocus.c b/unix/tkUnixFocus.c index 7093544..479ef61 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixFocus.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixFocus.c @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixFocus.c -- * - * This file contains platform specific procedures that manage - * focus for Tk. + * This file contains platform specific functions that manage focus for + * Tk. * * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixFocus.c,v 1.4 2004/01/13 02:06:01 davygrvy Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixFocus.c,v 1.5 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -22,46 +22,44 @@ * * TkpChangeFocus -- * - * This procedure is invoked to move the official X focus from - * one window to another. + * This function is invoked to move the official X focus from one window + * to another. * * Results: - * The return value is the serial number of the command that - * changed the focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter - * out focus change events that were queued before the command. - * If the procedure doesn't actually change the focus then - * it returns 0. + * The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the + * focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change + * events that were queued before the command. If the function doesn't + * actually change the focus then it returns 0. * * Side effects: - * The official X focus window changes; the application's focus - * window isn't changed by this procedure. + * The official X focus window changes; the application's focus window + * isn't changed by this function. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ - int force; /* Non-zero means claim the focus even - * if it didn't originally belong to - * topLevelPtr's application. */ +TkpChangeFocus( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ + int force) /* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it + * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's + * application. */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; - Window window, root, parent, *children; - unsigned int numChildren, serial; + Window window, root, parent, *children; + unsigned int numChildren, serial; TkWindow *winPtr2; int dummy; /* - * Don't set the X focus to a window that's marked - * override-redirect. This is a hack to avoid problems with menus - * under olvwm: if we move the focus then the focus can get lost - * during keyboard traversal. Fortunately, we don't really need to - * move the focus for menus: events will still find their way to the - * focus window, and menus aren't decorated anyway so the window - * manager doesn't need to hear about the focus change in order to - * redecorate the menu. + * Don't set the X focus to a window that's marked override-redirect. + * This is a hack to avoid problems with menus under olvwm: if we move + * the focus then the focus can get lost during keyboard traversal. + * Fortunately, we don't really need to move the focus for menus: events + * will still find their way to the focus window, and menus aren't + * decorated anyway so the window manager doesn't need to hear about the + * focus change in order to redecorate the menu. */ serial = 0; @@ -70,19 +68,19 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) } /* - * Check to make sure that the focus is still in one of the windows - * of this application or one of their descendants. Furthermore, - * grab the server to make sure that the focus doesn't change in the - * middle of this operation. + * Check to make sure that the focus is still in one of the windows of + * this application or one of their descendants. Furthermore, grab the + * server to make sure that the focus doesn't change in the middle of this + * operation. */ XGrabServer(dispPtr->display); if (!force) { /* - * Find the focus window, then see if it or one of its ancestors - * is a window in our application (it's possible that the focus - * window is in an embedded application, which may or may not be - * in the same process. + * Find the focus window, then see if it or one of its ancestors is a + * window in our application (it's possible that the focus window is + * in an embedded application, which may or may not be in the same + * process. */ XGetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, &window, &dummy); @@ -107,13 +105,12 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) } /* - * Tell X to change the focus. Ignore errors that occur when changing - * the focus: it is still possible that the window we're focussing - * to could have gotten unmapped, which will generate an error. + * Tell X to change the focus. Ignore errors that occur when changing the + * focus: it is still possible that the window we're focussing to could + * have gotten unmapped, which will generate an error. */ - errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); if (winPtr->window == None) { Tcl_Panic("ChangeXFocus got null X window"); } @@ -122,27 +119,35 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler); /* - * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue - * a dummy server request. This marks the position at which we - * changed the focus, so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut - * events on either side of the mark. + * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy + * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus, + * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the + * mark. */ serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display); XNoOp(winPtr->display); - done: + done: XUngrabServer(dispPtr->display); /* * After ungrabbing the server, it's important to flush the output - * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise - * we might do something else that needs to communicate with the - * server (such as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to - * the screen); if the ungrab command is still sitting in our - * output buffer, we could deadlock. + * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise we + * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such + * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the + * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could + * deadlock. */ XFlush(dispPtr->display); return serial; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixKey.c b/unix/tkUnixKey.c index 6be5584..615ec82 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixKey.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixKey.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixKey.c -- * * This file contains routines for dealing with international keyboard @@ -6,28 +6,27 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixKey.c,v 1.10 2002/06/17 20:09:01 hobbs Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixKey.c,v 1.11 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" /* - * Prototypes for local procedures defined in this file: + * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file: */ - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_SetCaretPos -- * - * This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called - * by widgets to indicate their cursor placement, and the caret - * location is used by TkpGetString to place the XIM caret. - * This is currently only used for over-the-spot XIM. + * This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by + * widgets to indicate their cursor placement, and the caret location is + * used by TkpGetString to place the XIM caret. This is currently only + * used for over-the-spot XIM. * * Results: * None @@ -39,11 +38,11 @@ */ void -Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, x, y, height) - Tk_Window tkwin; - int x; - int y; - int height; +Tk_SetCaretPos( + Tk_Window tkwin, + int x, + int y, + int height) { TkCaret *caretPtr = &(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->caret); @@ -68,19 +67,19 @@ Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, x, y, height) * Returns the UTF string. * * Side effects: - * Stores the input string in the specified Tcl_DString. Modifies - * the internal input state. This routine can only be called - * once for a given event. + * Stores the input string in the specified Tcl_DString. Modifies the + * internal input state. This routine can only be called once for a given + * event. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * -TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window where event occurred: needed to - * get input context. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* X keyboard event. */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr; /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold +TkpGetString( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: needed to get + * input context. */ + XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */ + Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold * result. */ { int len; @@ -107,8 +106,8 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) #endif len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, - Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), - (KeySym *) NULL, &status); + Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), NULL, + &status); /* * If the buffer wasn't big enough, grow the buffer and try again. */ @@ -116,7 +115,7 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) if (status == XBufferOverflow) { Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len); len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey, - Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, (KeySym *) NULL, &status); + Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, NULL, &status); } if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) { len = 0; @@ -124,9 +123,10 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) #if TK_XIM_SPOT /* - * Adjust the XIM caret position. We might want to check that - * this is the right caret.winPtr as well. + * Adjust the XIM caret position. We might want to check that this is + * the right caret.winPtr as well. */ + if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_XIM_SPOT) { spot.x = dispPtr->caret.x; spot.y = dispPtr->caret.y + dispPtr->caret.height; @@ -138,13 +138,11 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) #endif } else { len = XLookupString(&eventPtr->xkey, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), - Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), (KeySym *) NULL, - (XComposeStatus *) NULL); + Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), NULL, NULL); } #else /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ len = XLookupString(&eventPtr->xkey, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), - Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), (KeySym *) NULL, - (XComposeStatus *) NULL); + Tcl_DStringLength(&buf), NULL, NULL); #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len); @@ -155,25 +153,23 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) } /* - * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need - * information about the modifier state that should be used - * so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym taking into - * account the xkey.state, they will get back the original - * keysym. + * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the + * modifier state that should be used so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym + * taking into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym. */ void -TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keySym, eventPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; - KeySym keySym; - XEvent *eventPtr; +TkpSetKeycodeAndState( + Tk_Window tkwin, + KeySym keySym, + XEvent *eventPtr) { Display *display; int state; KeyCode keycode; - + display = Tk_Display(tkwin); - + if (keySym == NoSymbol) { keycode = 0; } else { @@ -203,26 +199,24 @@ TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keySym, eventPtr) * * TkpGetKeySym -- * - * Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the - * keycode in the event into a KeySym. + * Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the keycode in the event + * into a KeySym. * * Results: - * The return value is the KeySym corresponding to - * eventPtr, or NoSymbol if no matching Keysym could be - * found. + * The return value is the KeySym corresponding to eventPtr, or NoSymbol + * if no matching Keysym could be found. * * Side effects: - * In the first call for a given display, keycode-to- - * KeySym maps get loaded. + * In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get + * loaded. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ KeySym -TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display in which to - * map keycode. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Description of X event. */ +TkpGetKeySym( + TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */ { KeySym sym; int index; @@ -236,9 +230,9 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) } /* - * Figure out which of the four slots in the keymap vector to - * use for this key. Refer to Xlib documentation for more info - * on how this computation works. + * Figure out which of the four slots in the keymap vector to use for this + * key. Refer to Xlib documentation for more info on how this computation + * works. */ index = 0; @@ -253,10 +247,9 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) sym = XKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr->display, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, index); /* - * Special handling: if the key was shifted because of Lock, but - * lock is only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym - * isn't upper-case alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted - * keysym. + * Special handling: if the key was shifted because of Lock, but lock is + * only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym isn't upper-case + * alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted keysym. */ if ((index & 1) && !(eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask) @@ -271,8 +264,8 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) } /* - * Another bit of special handling: if this is a shifted key and there - * is no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key. + * Another bit of special handling: if this is a shifted key and there is + * no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key. */ if ((index & 1) && (sym == NoSymbol)) { @@ -287,10 +280,9 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) * * TkpInitKeymapInfo -- * - * This procedure is invoked to scan keymap information - * to recompute stuff that's important for binding, such - * as the modifier key (if any) that corresponds to "mode - * switch". + * This function is invoked to scan keymap information to recompute stuff + * that's important for binding, such as the modifier key (if any) that + * corresponds to "mode switch". * * Results: * None. @@ -302,8 +294,8 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) */ void -TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display for which to recompute keymap +TkpInitKeymapInfo( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which to recompute keymap * information. */ { XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr; @@ -316,9 +308,9 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) modMapPtr = XGetModifierMapping(dispPtr->display); /* - * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If - * any of them is associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, - * then Lock has to be interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock. + * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If any of them is + * associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, then Lock has to be + * interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock. */ dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE; @@ -339,9 +331,9 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) } /* - * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if - * the the "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated - * with any modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits. + * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if the the + * "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated with any + * modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits. */ dispPtr->modeModMask = 0; @@ -411,3 +403,11 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) } XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixSelect.c b/unix/tkUnixSelect.c index a67e97d..4c94056 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixSelect.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixSelect.c @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixSelect.c -- * - * This file contains X specific routines for manipulating - * selections. + * This file contains X specific routines for manipulating selections. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSelect.c,v 1.13 2004/03/16 19:52:52 hobbs Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSelect.c,v 1.14 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -20,7 +19,7 @@ typedef struct ConvertInfo { * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has * been transferred for this conversion. -2 * means only the final zero-length transfer - * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the + * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the * offset of the next chunk of data to * transfer. */ Tcl_EncodingState state; /* The encoding state needed across chunks. */ @@ -29,84 +28,79 @@ typedef struct ConvertInfo { } ConvertInfo; /* - * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner - * uses the following data structure to communicate between the - * ConvertSelection procedure and TkSelPropProc. + * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the + * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection + * function and TkSelPropProc. */ typedef struct IncrInfo { TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that owns selection. */ Atom selection; /* Selection that is being retrieved. */ - Atom *multAtoms; /* Information about conversions to - * perform: one or more pairs of - * (target, property). This either - * points to a retrieved property (for - * MULTIPLE retrievals) or to a static + Atom *multAtoms; /* Information about conversions to perform: + * one or more pairs of (target, property). + * This either points to a retrieved property + * (for MULTIPLE retrievals) or to a static * array. */ unsigned long numConversions; - /* Number of entries in converts (same as - * # of pairs in multAtoms). */ - ConvertInfo *converts; /* One entry for each pair in multAtoms. - * This array is malloc-ed. */ + /* Number of entries in converts (same as # of + * pairs in multAtoms). */ + ConvertInfo *converts; /* One entry for each pair in multAtoms. This + * array is malloc-ed. */ char **tempBufs; /* One pointer for each pair in multAtoms; * each pointer is either NULL, or it points * to a small bit of character data that was * left over from the previous chunk. */ - Tcl_EncodingState *state; /* One state info per pair in multAtoms: - * State info for encoding conversions - * that span multiple buffers. */ + Tcl_EncodingState *state; /* One state info per pair in multAtoms: State + * info for encoding conversions that span + * multiple buffers. */ int *flags; /* One state flag per pair in multAtoms: * Encoding flags, set to TCL_ENCODING_START * at the beginning of an INCR transfer. */ - int numIncrs; /* Number of entries in converts that - * aren't -1 (i.e. # of INCR-mode transfers - * not yet completed). */ - Tcl_TimerToken timeout; /* Token for timer procedure. */ - int idleTime; /* Number of seconds since we heard - * anything from the selection - * requestor. */ + int numIncrs; /* Number of entries in converts that aren't + * -1 (i.e. # of INCR-mode transfers not yet + * completed). */ + Tcl_TimerToken timeout; /* Token for timer function. */ + int idleTime; /* Number of seconds since we heard anything + * from the selection requestor. */ Window reqWindow; /* Requestor's window id. */ - Time time; /* Timestamp corresponding to - * selection at beginning of request; - * used to abort transfer if selection - * changes. */ - struct IncrInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all INCR-style - * retrievals currently pending. */ + Time time; /* Timestamp corresponding to selection at + * beginning of request; used to abort + * transfer if selection changes. */ + struct IncrInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals + * currently pending. */ } IncrInfo; - typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - IncrInfo *pendingIncrs; /* List of all incr structures - * currently active. */ + IncrInfo *pendingIncrs; /* List of all incr structures currently + * active. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the - * selection: + * Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the selection: */ #define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000 static TkSelRetrievalInfo *pendingRetrievals = NULL; - /* List of all retrievals currently - * being waited for. */ + /* List of all retrievals currently being + * waited for. */ /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static void ConvertSelection _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr, - XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr)); -static void IncrTimeoutProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); -static char * SelCvtFromX _ANSI_ARGS_((long *propPtr, int numValues, - Atom type, Tk_Window tkwin)); -static long * SelCvtToX _ANSI_ARGS_((char *string, Atom type, - Tk_Window tkwin, int *numLongsPtr)); -static int SelectionSize _ANSI_ARGS_((TkSelHandler *selPtr)); -static void SelRcvIncrProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void SelTimeoutProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); +static void ConvertSelection(TkWindow *winPtr, + XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr); +static void IncrTimeoutProc(ClientData clientData); +static char * SelCvtFromX(long *propPtr, int numValues, Atom type, + Tk_Window tkwin); +static long * SelCvtToX(char *string, Atom type, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *numLongsPtr); +static int SelectionSize(TkSelHandler *selPtr); +static void SelRcvIncrProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static void SelTimeoutProc(ClientData clientData); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -116,9 +110,9 @@ static void SelTimeoutProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); * Retrieve the specified selection from another process. * * Results: - * The return value is a standard Tcl return value. - * If an error occurs (such as no selection exists) - * then an error message is left in the interp's result. + * The return value is a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs + * (such as no selection exists) then an error message is left in the + * interp's result. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -127,27 +121,26 @@ static void SelTimeoutProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); */ int -TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for reporting - * errors. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window on whose behalf to retrieve - * the selection (determines display - * from which to retrieve). */ - Atom selection; /* Selection to retrieve. */ - Atom target; /* Desired form in which selection - * is to be returned. */ - Tk_GetSelProc *proc; /* Procedure to call to process the - * selection, once it has been retrieved. */ - ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */ +TkSelGetSelection( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on whose behalf to retrieve the + * selection (determines display from which to + * retrieve). */ + Atom selection, /* Selection to retrieve. */ + Atom target, /* Desired form in which selection is to be + * returned. */ + Tk_GetSelProc *proc, /* Function to call to process the selection, + * once it has been retrieved. */ + ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */ { TkSelRetrievalInfo retr; TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; /* - * The selection is owned by some other process. To - * retrieve it, first record information about the retrieval - * in progress. Use an internal window as the requestor. + * The selection is owned by some other process. To retrieve it, first + * record information about the retrieval in progress. Use an internal + * window as the requestor. */ retr.interp = interp; @@ -173,20 +166,20 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) pendingRetrievals = &retr; /* - * Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use - * TkCurrentTime for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't - * received any X events in a long time, the current time will be way - * in the past and could even predate the time when the selection was - * made; if this happens, the request will be rejected. + * Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use TkCurrentTime + * for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't received any X + * events in a long time, the current time will be way in the past and + * could even predate the time when the selection was made; if this + * happens, the request will be rejected. */ XConvertSelection(winPtr->display, retr.selection, retr.target, retr.property, retr.winPtr->window, CurrentTime); /* - * Enter a loop processing X events until the selection - * has been retrieved and processed. If no response is - * received within a few seconds, then timeout. + * Enter a loop processing X events until the selection has been retrieved + * and processed. If no response is received within a few seconds, then + * timeout. */ retr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc, @@ -197,8 +190,7 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(retr.timeout); /* - * Unregister the information about the selection retrieval - * in progress. + * Unregister the information about the selection retrieval in progress. */ if (pendingRetrievals == &retr) { @@ -223,20 +215,18 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) * * TkSelPropProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked when property-change events - * occur on windows not known to the toolkit. Its function - * is to implement the sending side of the INCR selection - * retrieval protocol when the selection requestor deletes - * the property containing a part of the selection. + * This function is invoked when property-change events occur on windows + * not known to the toolkit. Its function is to implement the sending + * side of the INCR selection retrieval protocol when the selection + * requestor deletes the property containing a part of the selection. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * If the property that is receiving the selection was just - * deleted, then a new piece of the selection is fetched and - * placed in the property, until eventually there's no more - * selection to fetch. + * If the property that is receiving the selection was just deleted, then + * a new piece of the selection is fetched and placed in the property, + * until eventually there's no more selection to fetch. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -253,13 +243,13 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE]; TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xany.display); Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* - * See if this event announces the deletion of a property being - * used for an INCR transfer. If so, then add the next chunk of - * data to the property. + * See if this event announces the deletion of a property being used for + * an INCR transfer. If so, then add the next chunk of data to the + * property. */ if (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyDelete) { @@ -272,9 +262,9 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) } /* - * For each conversion that has been requested, handle any - * chunks that haven't been transmitted yet. - */ + * For each conversion that has been requested, handle any chunks that + * haven't been transmitted yet. + */ for (i = 0; i < incrPtr->numConversions; i++) { if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != incrPtr->multAtoms[2*i + 1]) @@ -313,8 +303,8 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) formatType = selPtr->format; if (incrPtr->converts[i].offset == -2) { /* - * We already got the last chunk, so send a null chunk - * to indicate that we are finished. + * We already got the last chunk, so send a null chunk to + * indicate that we are finished. */ numItems = 0; @@ -326,15 +316,15 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) TkSelSetInProgress(&ip); /* - * Copy any bytes left over from a partial character at the end - * of the previous chunk into the beginning of the buffer. + * Copy any bytes left over from a partial character at the + * end of the previous chunk into the beginning of the buffer. * Pass the rest of the buffer space into the selection * handler. */ length = strlen(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer); strcpy((char *)buffer, incrPtr->converts[i].buffer); - + numItems = (*selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData, incrPtr->converts[i].offset, ((char *) buffer) + length, @@ -358,7 +348,8 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) ((char *) buffer)[numItems] = 0; errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xproperty.display, - -1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + -1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL); + /* * Encode the data using the proper format for each type. */ @@ -404,8 +395,8 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) /* - * Now convert the data, growing the destination buffer - * as needed. + * Now convert the data, growing the destination buffer as + * needed. */ while (1) { @@ -471,9 +462,9 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); /* - * Compute the next offset value. If this was the last chunk, - * then set the offset to -2. If this was an empty chunk, - * then set the offset to -1 to indicate we are done. + * Compute the next offset value. If this was the last chunk, then + * set the offset to -2. If this was an empty chunk, then set the + * offset to -1 to indicate we are done. */ if (numItems < TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { @@ -485,10 +476,10 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) } } else { /* - * Advance over the selection data that was consumed - * this time. + * Advance over the selection data that was consumed this + * time. */ - + incrPtr->converts[i].offset += numItems - length; } return; @@ -501,26 +492,24 @@ TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) * * TkSelEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a selection-related - * event occurs. It does the lion's share of the work - * in implementing the selection protocol. + * This function is invoked whenever a selection-related event occurs. + * It does the lion's share of the work in implementing the selection + * protocol. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Lots: depends on the type of event. + * Lots: depends on the type of event. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window for which event was - * targeted. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr; /* X event: either SelectionClear, - * SelectionRequest, or - * SelectionNotify. */ +TkSelEventProc( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */ + register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event: either SelectionClear, + * SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */ { register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; @@ -535,8 +524,8 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) } /* - * Case #2: SelectionNotify events. Call the relevant procedure - * to handle the incoming selection. + * Case #2: SelectionNotify events. Call the relevant function to handle + * the incoming selection. */ if (eventPtr->type == SelectionNotify) { @@ -559,12 +548,12 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) break; } if (eventPtr->xselection.property == None) { - Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); + Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC); Tcl_AppendResult(retrPtr->interp, Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->selection), " selection doesn't exist or form \"", Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->target), - "\" not defined", (char *) NULL); + "\" not defined", NULL); retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; return; } @@ -593,25 +582,25 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) if (format != 8) { char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - sprintf(buf, + sprintf(buf, "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"", format); Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; return; } - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + interp = retrPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); /* - * Convert the X selection data into UTF before passing it - * to the selection callback. Note that the COMPOUND_TEXT - * uses a modified iso2022 encoding, not the current system - * encoding. For now we'll just blindly apply the iso2022 - * encoding. This is probably wrong, but it's a placeholder - * until we figure out what we're really supposed to do. For - * STRING, we need to use Latin-1 instead. Again, it's not - * really the full iso8859-1 space, but this is close enough. + * Convert the X selection data into UTF before passing it to the + * selection callback. Note that the COMPOUND_TEXT uses a modified + * iso2022 encoding, not the current system encoding. For now + * we'll just blindly apply the iso2022 encoding. This is probably + * wrong, but it's a placeholder until we figure out what we're + * really supposed to do. For STRING, we need to use Latin-1 + * instead. Again, it's not really the full iso8859-1 space, but + * this is close enough. */ if (type == dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) { @@ -630,16 +619,17 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); } else if (type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) { /* - * The X selection data is in UTF-8 format already. - * We can't guarantee that propInfo is NULL-terminated, - * so we might have to copy the string. + * The X selection data is in UTF-8 format already. We can't + * guarantee that propInfo is NULL-terminated, so we might have to + * copy the string. */ + char *propData = propInfo; if (format != 8) { char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - sprintf(buf, + sprintf(buf, "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"", format); Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); @@ -657,13 +647,12 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) if (propData != propInfo) { ckfree((char *) propData); } - } else if (type == dispPtr->incrAtom) { + } else if (type == dispPtr->incrAtom) { /* - * It's a !?#@!?!! INCR-style reception. Arrange to receive - * the selection in pieces, using the ICCCM protocol, then - * hang around until either the selection is all here or a - * timeout occurs. + * It's a !?#@!?!! INCR-style reception. Arrange to receive the + * selection in pieces, using the ICCCM protocol, then hang around + * until either the selection is all here or a timeout occurs. */ retrPtr->idleTime = 0; @@ -682,7 +671,7 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) if (format != 32) { char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - sprintf(buf, + sprintf(buf, "bad format for selection: wanted \"32\", got \"%d\"", format); Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); @@ -691,11 +680,11 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) } string = SelCvtFromX((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type, (Tk_Window) winPtr); - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + interp = retrPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); retrPtr->result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData, interp, string); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); ckfree(string); } XFree(propInfo); @@ -703,8 +692,8 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) } /* - * Case #3: SelectionRequest events. Call ConvertSelection to - * do the dirty work. + * Case #3: SelectionRequest events. Call ConvertSelection to do the dirty + * work. */ if (eventPtr->type == SelectionRequest) { @@ -718,32 +707,30 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) * * SelTimeoutProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked once every second while waiting for - * the selection to be returned. After a while it gives up and - * aborts the selection retrieval. + * This function is invoked once every second while waiting for the + * selection to be returned. After a while it gives up and aborts the + * selection retrieval. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * A new timer callback is created to call us again in another - * second, unless time has expired, in which case an error is - * recorded for the retrieval. + * A new timer callback is created to call us again in another second, + * unless time has expired, in which case an error is recorded for the + * retrieval. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -SelTimeoutProc(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about retrieval - * in progress. */ +SelTimeoutProc( + ClientData clientData) /* Information about retrieval in progress. */ { register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = (TkSelRetrievalInfo *) clientData; /* - * Make sure that the retrieval is still in progress. Then - * see how long it's been since any sort of response was received - * from the other side. + * Make sure that the retrieval is still in progress. Then see how long + * it's been since any sort of response was received from the other side. */ if (retrPtr->result != -1) { @@ -751,10 +738,9 @@ SelTimeoutProc(clientData) } retrPtr->idleTime++; if (retrPtr->idleTime >= 5) { - /* - * Use a careful procedure to store the error message, because - * the result could already be partially filled in with a partial + * Use a careful function to store the error message, because the + * result could already be partially filled in with a partial * selection return. */ @@ -772,46 +758,46 @@ SelTimeoutProc(clientData) * * ConvertSelection -- * - * This procedure is invoked to handle SelectionRequest events. - * It responds to the requests, obeying the ICCCM protocols. + * This function is invoked to handle SelectionRequest events. It + * responds to the requests, obeying the ICCCM protocols. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * Properties are created for the selection requestor, and a - * SelectionNotify event is generated for the selection - * requestor. In the event of long selections, this procedure - * implements INCR-mode transfers, using the ICCCM protocol. + * SelectionNotify event is generated for the selection requestor. In the + * event of long selections, this function implements INCR-mode + * transfers, using the ICCCM protocol. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that received the - * conversion request; may not be - * selection's current owner, be we - * set it to the current owner. */ - register XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr; - /* Event describing request. */ +ConvertSelection( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that received the conversion + * request; may not be selection's current + * owner, be we set it to the current + * owner. */ + register XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr) + /* Event describing request. */ { - XSelectionEvent reply; /* Used to notify requestor that - * selection info is ready. */ - int multiple; /* Non-zero means a MULTIPLE request - * is being handled. */ - IncrInfo incr; /* State of selection conversion. */ - Atom singleInfo[2]; /* incr.multAtoms points here except - * for multiple conversions. */ + XSelectionEvent reply; /* Used to notify requestor that selection + * info is ready. */ + int multiple; /* Non-zero means a MULTIPLE request is being + * handled. */ + IncrInfo incr; /* State of selection conversion. */ + Atom singleInfo[2]; /* incr.multAtoms points here except for + * multiple conversions. */ unsigned long i; Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler; TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr; TkSelInProgress ip; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->display, -1, -1,-1, - (int (*)()) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + (int (*)()) NULL, NULL); /* * Initialize the reply event. @@ -841,8 +827,8 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) winPtr = (TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner; /* - * Figure out which kind(s) of conversion to perform. If handling - * a MULTIPLE conversion, then read the property describing which + * Figure out which kind(s) of conversion to perform. If handling a + * MULTIPLE conversion, then read the property describing which * conversions to perform. */ @@ -864,9 +850,8 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) if (eventPtr->property == None) { goto refuse; } - result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, - eventPtr->requestor, eventPtr->property, - 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, XA_ATOM, + result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, eventPtr->requestor, + eventPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &incr.numConversions, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) &incr.multAtoms); if ((result != Success) || (bytesAfter != 0) || (format != 32) @@ -880,10 +865,10 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) } /* - * Loop through all of the requested conversions, and either return - * the entire converted selection, if it can be returned in a single - * bunch, or return INCR information only (the actual selection will - * be returned below). + * Loop through all of the requested conversions, and either return the + * entire converted selection, if it can be returned in a single bunch, or + * return INCR information only (the actual selection will be returned + * below). */ incr.converts = (ConvertInfo *) ckalloc((unsigned) @@ -911,9 +896,9 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) if (selPtr == NULL) { /* - * Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If - * it's of a sort that we can handle without any help, do - * it. Otherwise mark the request as an errror. + * Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If it's of a + * sort that we can handle without any help, do it. Otherwise mark + * the request as an errror. */ numItems = TkSelDefaultSelection(infoPtr, target, (char *) buffer, @@ -941,13 +926,13 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) } /* - * Got the selection; store it back on the requestor's property. + * Got the selection; store it back on the requestor's property. */ if (numItems == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) { /* - * Selection is too big to send at once; start an - * INCR-mode transfer. + * Selection is too big to send at once; start an INCR-mode + * transfer. */ incr.numIncrs++; @@ -966,8 +951,8 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems); } else if (type == winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) { /* - * This matches selection requests of type UTF8_STRING, - * which allows us to pass our utf-8 information untouched. + * This matches selection requests of type UTF8_STRING, which + * allows us to pass our utf-8 information untouched. */ XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, @@ -979,20 +964,19 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) Tcl_Encoding encoding; /* - * STRING is Latin-1, COMPOUND_TEXT is an iso2022 variant. - * We need to convert the selection text into these external - * forms before modifying the property. + * STRING is Latin-1, COMPOUND_TEXT is an iso2022 variant. We need + * to convert the selection text into these external forms before + * modifying the property. */ if (type == XA_STRING) { encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1"); } else { encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022"); - } + } Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, (char*)buffer, -1, &ds); - XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, - property, type, 8, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, property, type, 8, + PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); if (encoding) { Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); @@ -1002,18 +986,17 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer, type, (Tk_Window) winPtr, &numItems); format = 32; - XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, - property, type, format, PropModeReplace, - (unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems); + XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, property, type, + format, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) propPtr, + numItems); ckfree(propPtr); } } /* - * Send an event back to the requestor to indicate that the - * first stage of conversion is complete (everything is done - * except for long conversions that have to be done in INCR - * mode). + * Send an event back to the requestor to indicate that the first stage of + * conversion is complete (everything is done except for long conversions + * that have to be done in INCR mode). */ if (incr.numIncrs > 0) { @@ -1032,10 +1015,9 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) (unsigned char *) incr.multAtoms, (int) incr.numConversions*2); } else { - /* - * Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" - * got set to None if there was an error in conversion. + * Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" got set + * to None if there was an error in conversion. */ reply.property = incr.multAtoms[1]; @@ -1044,9 +1026,9 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); /* - * Handle any remaining INCR-mode transfers. This all happens - * in callbacks to TkSelPropProc, so just wait until the number - * of uncompleted INCR transfers drops to zero. + * Handle any remaining INCR-mode transfers. This all happens in callbacks + * to TkSelPropProc, so just wait until the number of uncompleted INCR + * transfers drops to zero. */ if (incr.numIncrs > 0) { @@ -1057,7 +1039,7 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) } Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(incr.timeout); errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, - -1, -1,-1, (int (*)()) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + -1, -1,-1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL); XSelectInput(reply.display, reply.requestor, 0L); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); if (tsdPtr->pendingIncrs == &incr) { @@ -1074,7 +1056,7 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) } /* - * All done. Cleanup and return. + * All done. Cleanup and return. */ ckfree((char *) incr.converts); @@ -1084,10 +1066,10 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) return; /* - * An error occurred. Send back a refusal message. + * An error occurred. Send back a refusal message. */ - refuse: + refuse: reply.property = None; XSendEvent(reply.display, reply.requestor, False, 0, (XEvent *) &reply); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler); @@ -1099,27 +1081,25 @@ ConvertSelection(winPtr, eventPtr) * * SelRcvIncrProc -- * - * This procedure handles the INCR protocol on the receiving - * side. It is invoked in response to property changes on - * the requestor's window (which hopefully are because a new - * chunk of the selection arrived). + * This function handles the INCR protocol on the receiving side. It is + * invoked in response to property changes on the requestor's window + * (which hopefully are because a new chunk of the selection arrived). * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * If a new piece of selection has arrived, a procedure is - * invoked to deal with that piece. When the whole selection - * is here, a flag is left for the higher-level procedure that - * initiated the selection retrieval. + * If a new piece of selection has arrived, a function is invoked to deal + * with that piece. When the whole selection is here, a flag is left for + * the higher-level function that initiated the selection retrieval. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about retrieval. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr; /* X PropertyChange event. */ +SelRcvIncrProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Information about retrieval. */ + register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */ { register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = (TkSelRetrievalInfo *) clientData; char *propInfo; @@ -1158,16 +1138,16 @@ SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) if (format != 8) { char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - - sprintf(buf, + + sprintf(buf, "bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"", format); Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR; goto done; } - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + interp = retrPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) { encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022"); @@ -1179,8 +1159,8 @@ SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) /* * Check to see if there is any data left over from the previous - * chunk. If there is, copy the old data and the new data into - * a new buffer. + * chunk. If there is, copy the old data and the new data into a new + * buffer. */ Tcl_DStringInit(&temp); @@ -1204,10 +1184,10 @@ SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) src = propInfo; srcLen = numItems; } - + /* - * Set up the destination buffer so we can use as much space as - * is available. + * Set up the destination buffer so we can use as much space as is + * available. */ dstPtr = &retrPtr->buf; @@ -1241,11 +1221,11 @@ SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData, interp, Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr)); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); /* - * Copy any unused data into the destination buffer so we can - * pick it up next time around. + * Copy any unused data into the destination buffer so we can pick it + * up next time around. */ Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 0); @@ -1275,17 +1255,17 @@ SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) } string = SelCvtFromX((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type, (Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr); - interp = retrPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + interp = retrPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData, interp, string); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); if (result != TCL_OK) { retrPtr->result = result; } ckfree(string); } - done: + done: XFree(propInfo); retrPtr->idleTime = 0; } @@ -1295,25 +1275,24 @@ SelRcvIncrProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * SelectionSize -- * - * This procedure is called when the selection is too large to - * send in a single buffer; it computes the total length of - * the selection in bytes. + * This function is called when the selection is too large to send in a + * single buffer; it computes the total length of the selection in bytes. * * Results: - * The return value is the number of bytes in the selection - * given by selPtr. + * The return value is the number of bytes in the selection given by + * selPtr. * * Side effects: - * The selection is retrieved from its current owner (this is - * the only way to compute its size). + * The selection is retrieved from its current owner (this is the only + * way to compute its size). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int -SelectionSize(selPtr) - TkSelHandler *selPtr; /* Information about how to retrieve - * the selection whose size is wanted. */ +SelectionSize( + TkSelHandler *selPtr) /* Information about how to retrieve the + * selection whose size is wanted. */ { char buffer[TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE+1]; int size, chunkSize; @@ -1323,15 +1302,17 @@ SelectionSize(selPtr) ip.selPtr = selPtr; ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress(); TkSelSetInProgress(&ip); + do { - chunkSize = (*selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData, size, - (char *) buffer, TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE); + chunkSize = (*selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData, size, (char *) buffer, + TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE); if (ip.selPtr == NULL) { size = 0; break; } size += chunkSize; } while (chunkSize == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE); + TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr); return size; } @@ -1341,26 +1322,26 @@ SelectionSize(selPtr) * * IncrTimeoutProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked once a second while sending the - * selection to a requestor in INCR mode. After a while it - * gives up and aborts the selection operation. + * This function is invoked once a second while sending the selection to + * a requestor in INCR mode. After a while it gives up and aborts the + * selection operation. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * A new timeout gets registered so that this procedure gets - * called again in another second, unless too many seconds - * have elapsed, in which case incrPtr is marked as "all done". + * A new timeout gets registered so that this function gets called again + * in another second, unless too many seconds have elapsed, in which case + * incrPtr is marked as "all done". * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -IncrTimeoutProc(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about INCR-mode - * selection retrieval for which - * we are selection owner. */ +IncrTimeoutProc( + ClientData clientData) /* Information about INCR-mode selection + * retrieval for which we are selection + * owner. */ { register IncrInfo *incrPtr = (IncrInfo *) clientData; @@ -1379,15 +1360,15 @@ IncrTimeoutProc(clientData) * SelCvtToX -- * * Given a selection represented as a string (the normal Tcl form), - * convert it to the ICCCM-mandated format for X, depending on - * the type argument. This procedure and SelCvtFromX are inverses. + * convert it to the ICCCM-mandated format for X, depending on the type + * argument. This function and SelCvtFromX are inverses. * * Results: - * The return value is a malloc'ed buffer holding a value - * equivalent to "string", but formatted as for "type". It is - * the caller's responsibility to free the string when done with - * it. The word at *numLongsPtr is filled in with the number of - * 32-bit words returned in the result. + * The return value is a malloc'ed buffer holding a value equivalent to + * "string", but formatted as for "type". It is the caller's + * responsibility to free the string when done with it. The word at + * *numLongsPtr is filled in with the number of 32-bit words returned in + * the result. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -1396,14 +1377,14 @@ IncrTimeoutProc(clientData) */ static long * -SelCvtToX(string, type, tkwin, numLongsPtr) - char *string; /* String representation of selection. */ - Atom type; /* Atom specifying the X format that is - * desired for the selection. Should not - * be XA_STRING (if so, don't bother calling - * this procedure at all). */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that governs atom conversion. */ - int *numLongsPtr; /* Number of 32-bit words contained in the +SelCvtToX( + char *string, /* String representation of selection. */ + Atom type, /* Atom specifying the X format that is + * desired for the selection. Should not be + * XA_STRING (if so, don't bother calling this + * function at all). */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that governs atom conversion. */ + int *numLongsPtr) /* Number of 32-bit words contained in the * result. */ { register char *p; @@ -1414,13 +1395,12 @@ SelCvtToX(string, type, tkwin, numLongsPtr) char atomName[MAX_ATOM_NAME_LENGTH+1]; /* - * The string is assumed to consist of fields separated by spaces. - * The property gets generated by converting each field to an - * integer number, in one of two ways: - * 1. If type is XA_ATOM, convert each field to its corresponding - * atom. - * 2. If type is anything else, convert each field from an ASCII number - * to a 32-bit binary number. + * The string is assumed to consist of fields separated by spaces. The + * property gets generated by converting each field to an integer number, + * in one of two ways: + * 1. If type is XA_ATOM, convert each field to its corresponding atom. + * 2. If type is anything else, convert each field from an ASCII number to + * a 32-bit binary number. */ numFields = 1; @@ -1471,15 +1451,14 @@ SelCvtToX(string, type, tkwin, numLongsPtr) * * SelCvtFromX -- * - * Given an X property value, formatted as a collection of 32-bit - * values according to "type" and the ICCCM conventions, convert - * the value to a string suitable for manipulation by Tcl. This - * procedure is the inverse of SelCvtToX. + * Given an X property value, formatted as a collection of 32-bit values + * according to "type" and the ICCCM conventions, convert the value to a + * string suitable for manipulation by Tcl. This function is the inverse + * of SelCvtToX. * * Results: - * The return value is the string equivalent of "property". It is - * malloc-ed and should be freed by the caller when no longer - * needed. + * The return value is the string equivalent of "property". It is + * malloc-ed and should be freed by the caller when no longer needed. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -1488,23 +1467,23 @@ SelCvtToX(string, type, tkwin, numLongsPtr) */ static char * -SelCvtFromX(propPtr, numValues, type, tkwin) - register long *propPtr; /* Property value from X. */ - int numValues; /* Number of 32-bit values in property. */ - Atom type; /* Type of property Should not be - * XA_STRING (if so, don't bother calling - * this procedure at all). */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window to use for atom conversion. */ +SelCvtFromX( + register long *propPtr, /* Property value from X. */ + int numValues, /* Number of 32-bit values in property. */ + Atom type, /* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING + * (if so, don't bother calling this function + * at all). */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window to use for atom conversion. */ { char *result; int resultSpace, curSize, fieldSize; CONST char *atomName; /* - * Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is - * either the name of an atom (if type is XA_ATOM) or a hexadecimal - * string. Make an initial guess about the size of the result, but - * be prepared to enlarge the result if necessary. + * Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is either + * the name of an atom (if type is XA_ATOM) or a hexadecimal string. Make + * an initial guess about the size of the result, but be prepared to + * enlarge the result if necessary. */ resultSpace = 12*numValues+1; @@ -1544,3 +1523,11 @@ SelCvtFromX(propPtr, numValues, type, tkwin) } return result; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixSend.c b/unix/tkUnixSend.c index 024005c..1c1f6b2 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixSend.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixSend.c @@ -1,280 +1,268 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixSend.c -- * - * This file provides procedures that implement the "send" - * command, allowing commands to be passed from interpreter - * to interpreter. + * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, + * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSend.c,v 1.12 2004/01/13 02:06:01 davygrvy Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSend.c,v 1.13 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkPort.h" #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkUnixInt.h" -/* +/* * The following structure is used to keep track of the interpreters * registered by this process. */ typedef struct RegisteredInterp { char *name; /* Interpreter's name (malloc-ed). */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with name. NULL + Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with name. NULL * means that the application was unregistered - * or deleted while a send was in progress - * to it. */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display for the application. Needed - * because we may need to unregister the - * interpreter after its main window has - * been deleted. */ + * or deleted while a send was in progress to + * it. */ + TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display for the application. Needed because + * we may need to unregister the interpreter + * after its main window has been deleted. */ struct RegisteredInterp *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of names associated - * with interps in this process. - * NULL means end of list. */ + /* Next in list of names associated with + * interps in this process. NULL means end of + * list. */ } RegisteredInterp; /* - * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a - * property "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. - * It is organized as a series of zero or more concatenated strings - * (in no particular order), each of the form + * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property + * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a + * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each + * of the form * window space name '\0' - * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk - * to an interpreter named "name". + * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an + * interpreter named "name". * - * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to - * add or remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure - * of the following type: + * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or + * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the + * following type: */ typedef struct NameRegistry { TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display from which the registry was * read. */ - int locked; /* Non-zero means that the display was - * locked when the property was read in. */ - int modified; /* Non-zero means that the property has - * been modified, so it needs to be written - * out when the NameRegistry is closed. */ + int locked; /* Non-zero means that the display was locked + * when the property was read in. */ + int modified; /* Non-zero means that the property has been + * modified, so it needs to be written out + * when the NameRegistry is closed. */ unsigned long propLength; /* Length of the property, in bytes. */ - char *property; /* The contents of the property, or NULL - * if none. See format description above; - * this is *not* terminated by the first - * null character. Dynamically allocated. */ + char *property; /* The contents of the property, or NULL if + * none. See format description above; this is + * *not* terminated by the first null + * character. Dynamically allocated. */ int allocedByX; /* Non-zero means must free property with - * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */ + * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */ } NameRegistry; /* - * When a result is being awaited from a sent command, one of - * the following structures is present on a list of all outstanding - * sent commands. The information in the structure is used to - * process the result when it arrives. You're probably wondering - * how there could ever be multiple outstanding sent commands. - * This could happen if interpreters invoke each other recursively. + * When a result is being awaited from a sent command, one of the following + * structures is present on a list of all outstanding sent commands. The + * information in the structure is used to process the result when it arrives. + * You're probably wondering how there could ever be multiple outstanding sent + * commands. This could happen if interpreters invoke each other recursively. * It's unlikely, but possible. */ typedef struct PendingCommand { - int serial; /* Serial number expected in - * result. */ + int serial; /* Serial number expected in result. */ TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display being used for communication. */ - CONST char *target; /* Name of interpreter command is - * being sent to. */ + CONST char *target; /* Name of interpreter command is being sent + * to. */ Window commWindow; /* Target's communication window. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter from which the send - * was invoked. */ - int code; /* Tcl return code for command - * will be stored here. */ - char *result; /* String result for command (malloc'ed), - * or NULL. */ - char *errorInfo; /* Information for "errorInfo" variable, - * or NULL (malloc'ed). */ - char *errorCode; /* Information for "errorCode" variable, - * or NULL (malloc'ed). */ - int gotResponse; /* 1 means a response has been received, - * 0 means the command is still outstanding. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter from which the send was + * invoked. */ + int code; /* Tcl return code for command will be stored + * here. */ + char *result; /* String result for command (malloc'ed), or + * NULL. */ + char *errorInfo; /* Information for "errorInfo" variable, or + * NULL (malloc'ed). */ + char *errorCode; /* Information for "errorCode" variable, or + * NULL (malloc'ed). */ + int gotResponse; /* 1 means a response has been received, 0 + * means the command is still outstanding. */ struct PendingCommand *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of all outstanding - * commands. NULL means end of - * list. */ + /* Next in list of all outstanding commands. + * NULL means end of list. */ } PendingCommand; typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - PendingCommand *pendingCommands; - /* List of all commands currently - * being waited for. */ + PendingCommand *pendingCommands; + /* List of all commands currently being waited + * for. */ RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr; - /* List of all interpreters registered - * in the current process. */ + /* List of all interpreters registered in the + * current process. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * The information below is used for communication between processes - * during "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never - * even mapped, with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to - * an interpreter, the command is appended to the comm property of the - * communication window associated with the interp's process. Similarly, - * when a result is returned from a sent command, it is also appended - * to the comm property. - * - * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a - * command, the text consists of a zero character followed by several - * null-terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the - * single letter "c". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" - * where the following options are supported: + * The information below is used for communication between processes during + * "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never even mapped, + * with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to an interpreter, the + * command is appended to the comm property of the communication window + * associated with the interp's process. Similarly, when a result is returned + * from a sent command, it is also appended to the comm property. + * + * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a command, + * the text consists of a zero character followed by several null-terminated + * ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter "c". + * Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following options + * are supported: * * -r commWindow serial * - * This option means that a response should be sent to the window - * whose X identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should - * be identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). - * If this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and - * no response is sent. + * This option means that a response should be sent to the window whose X + * identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should be + * identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). If + * this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and no + * response is sent. * * -n name + * * "Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is - * intended. This option must be present. + * intended. This option must be present. * * -s script * - * "Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present. + * "Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present. * - * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be - * present, but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility - * with future releases that may add new features, there may be additional - * options present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will - * be ignored. + * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be present, + * but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility with future + * releases that may add new features, there may be additional options + * present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will be ignored. * * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null- - * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single - * letter "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where - * the following options are supported: + * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter + * "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following + * options are supported: * * -s serial * - * Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the - * same as the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This - * option must be present. + * Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the same as + * the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This option must + * be present. * * -c code * - * "Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the - * code is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK. + * "Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the code + * is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK. * * -r result * - * "Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either - * a result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it - * defaults to an empty string. + * "Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either a + * result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it defaults + * to an empty string. * * -i errorInfo * * "ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo - * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the + * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the * completion code is TCL_ERROR. * * -e errorCode * * "ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode - * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the + * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the * completion code is TCL_ERROR. * - * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be - * present. As with commands, there may be additional options besides - * these; unknown options are ignored. + * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be present. + * As with commands, there may be additional options besides these; unknown + * options are ignored. */ /* - * The following variable is the serial number that was used in the - * last "send" command. It is exported only for testing purposes. + * The following variable is the serial number that was used in the last + * "send" command. It is exported only for testing purposes. */ int tkSendSerial = 0; /* - * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by - * this module: + * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by this module: */ #define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000 /* - * The following variable can be set while debugging to do things like - * skip locking the server. + * The following variable can be set while debugging to do things like skip + * locking the server. */ static int sendDebug = 0; /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ -static int AppendErrorProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XErrorEvent *errorPtr)); -static void AppendPropCarefully _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display, +static int AppendErrorProc(ClientData clientData, + XErrorEvent *errorPtr); +static void AppendPropCarefully(Display *display, Window window, Atom property, char *value, - int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr)); -static void DeleteProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); -static void RegAddName _ANSI_ARGS_((NameRegistry *regPtr, - CONST char *name, Window commWindow)); -static void RegClose _ANSI_ARGS_((NameRegistry *regPtr)); -static void RegDeleteName _ANSI_ARGS_((NameRegistry *regPtr, - CONST char *name)); -static Window RegFindName _ANSI_ARGS_((NameRegistry *regPtr, - CONST char *name)); -static NameRegistry * RegOpen _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, - TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock)); -static void SendEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static int SendInit _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, - TkDisplay *dispPtr)); -static Tk_RestrictAction SendRestrictProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static int ServerSecure _ANSI_ARGS_((TkDisplay *dispPtr)); -static void UpdateCommWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((TkDisplay *dispPtr)); -static int ValidateName _ANSI_ARGS_((TkDisplay *dispPtr, - CONST char *name, Window commWindow, int oldOK)); + int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr); +static void DeleteProc(ClientData clientData); +static void RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr, + CONST char *name, Window commWindow); +static void RegClose(NameRegistry *regPtr); +static void RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name); +static Window RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name); +static NameRegistry * RegOpen(Tcl_Interp *interp, + TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock); +static void SendEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr); +static Tk_RestrictAction SendRestrictProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static int ServerSecure(TkDisplay *dispPtr); +static void UpdateCommWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr); +static int ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, CONST char *name, + Window commWindow, int oldOK); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * RegOpen -- * - * This procedure loads the name registry for a display into - * memory so that it can be manipulated. + * This function loads the name registry for a display into memory so + * that it can be manipulated. * * Results: * The return value is a pointer to the loaded registry. * * Side effects: - * If "lock" is set then the server will be locked. It is the - * caller's responsibility to call RegClose when finished with - * the registry, so that we can write back the registry if - * needed, unlock the server if needed, and free memory. + * If "lock" is set then the server will be locked. It is the caller's + * responsibility to call RegClose when finished with the registry, so + * that we can write back the registry if needed, unlock the server if + * needed, and free memory. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static NameRegistry * -RegOpen(interp, dispPtr, lock) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for error reporting - * (errors cause a panic so in fact no - * error is ever returned, but the interpreter - * is needed anyway). */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display whose name registry is to be +RegOpen( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting + * (errors cause a panic so in fact no error + * is ever returned, but the interpreter is + * needed anyway). */ + TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display whose name registry is to be * opened. */ - int lock; /* Non-zero means lock the window server - * when opening the registry, so no-one - * else can use the registry until we - * close it. */ + int lock) /* Non-zero means lock the window server when + * opening the registry, so no-one else can + * use the registry until we close it. */ { NameRegistry *regPtr; int result, actualFormat; @@ -327,11 +315,11 @@ RegOpen(interp, dispPtr, lock) } /* - * Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just - * to make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include - * this byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination - * (note: as of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems - * like it shouldn't be). + * Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just to + * make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include this + * byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination (note: as + * of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems like it + * shouldn't be). */ if ((regPtr->propLength > 0) @@ -346,14 +334,13 @@ RegOpen(interp, dispPtr, lock) * * RegFindName -- * - * Given an open name registry, this procedure finds an entry - * with a given name, if there is one, and returns information - * about that entry. + * Given an open name registry, this function finds an entry with a given + * name, if there is one, and returns information about that entry. * * Results: - * The return value is the X identifier for the comm window for - * the application named "name", or None if there is no such - * entry in the registry. + * The return value is the X identifier for the comm window for the + * application named "name", or None if there is no such entry in the + * registry. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -362,10 +349,10 @@ RegOpen(interp, dispPtr, lock) */ static Window -RegFindName(regPtr, name) - NameRegistry *regPtr; /* Pointer to a registry opened with a +RegFindName( + NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ - CONST char *name; /* Name of an application. */ + CONST char *name) /* Name of an application. */ { char *p, *entry; unsigned int id; @@ -378,8 +365,8 @@ RegFindName(regPtr, name) if ((*p != 0) && (strcmp(name, p+1) == 0)) { if (sscanf(entry, "%x", &id) == 1) { /* - * Must cast from an unsigned int to a Window in case we - * are on a 64-bit architecture. + * Must cast from an unsigned int to a Window in case we are + * on a 64-bit architecture. */ return (Window) id; @@ -398,25 +385,25 @@ RegFindName(regPtr, name) * * RegDeleteName -- * - * This procedure deletes the entry for a given name from - * an open registry. + * This function deletes the entry for a given name from an open + * registry. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * If there used to be an entry named "name" in the registry, - * then it is deleted and the registry is marked as modified - * so it will be written back when closed. + * If there used to be an entry named "name" in the registry, then it is + * deleted and the registry is marked as modified so it will be written + * back when closed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -RegDeleteName(regPtr, name) - NameRegistry *regPtr; /* Pointer to a registry opened with a +RegDeleteName( + NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ - CONST char *name; /* Name of an application. */ + CONST char *name) /* Name of an application. */ { char *p, *entry, *entryName; int count; @@ -473,13 +460,13 @@ RegDeleteName(regPtr, name) */ static void -RegAddName(regPtr, name, commWindow) - NameRegistry *regPtr; /* Pointer to a registry opened with a +RegAddName( + NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ - CONST char *name; /* Name of an application. The caller - * must ensure that this name isn't - * already registered. */ - Window commWindow; /* X identifier for comm. window of + CONST char *name, /* Name of an application. The caller must + * ensure that this name isn't already + * registered. */ + Window commWindow) /* X identifier for comm. window of * application. */ { char id[30]; @@ -512,24 +499,23 @@ RegAddName(regPtr, name, commWindow) * * RegClose -- * - * This procedure is called to end a series of operations on - * a name registry. + * This function is called to end a series of operations on a name + * registry. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The registry is written back if it has been modified, and the - * X server is unlocked if it was locked. Memory for the - * registry is freed, so the caller should never use regPtr - * again. + * The registry is written back if it has been modified, and the X server + * is unlocked if it was locked. Memory for the registry is freed, so the + * caller should never use regPtr again. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -RegClose(regPtr) - NameRegistry *regPtr; /* Pointer to a registry opened with a +RegClose( + NameRegistry *regPtr) /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ { if (regPtr->modified) { @@ -549,11 +535,11 @@ RegClose(regPtr) /* * After ungrabbing the server, it's important to flush the output - * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise - * we might do something else that needs to communicate with the - * server (such as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to - * the screen); if the ungrab command is still sitting in our - * output buffer, we could deadlock. + * immediately so that the server sees the ungrab command. Otherwise we + * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such + * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the + * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could + * deadlock. */ XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display); @@ -573,12 +559,12 @@ RegClose(regPtr) * * ValidateName -- * - * This procedure checks to see if an entry in the registry - * is still valid. + * This function checks to see if an entry in the registry is still + * valid. * * Results: - * The return value is 1 if the given commWindow exists and its - * name is "name". Otherwise 0 is returned. + * The return value is 1 if the given commWindow exists and its name is + * "name". Otherwise 0 is returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -587,16 +573,16 @@ RegClose(regPtr) */ static int -ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display for which to perform the +ValidateName( + TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display for which to perform the * validation. */ - CONST char *name; /* The name of an application. */ - Window commWindow; /* X identifier for the application's - * comm. window. */ - int oldOK; /* Non-zero means that we should consider - * an application to be valid even if it - * looks like an old-style (pre-4.0) one; - * 0 means consider these invalid. */ + CONST char *name, /* The name of an application. */ + Window commWindow, /* X identifier for the application's comm. + * window. */ + int oldOK) /* Non-zero means that we should consider an + * application to be valid even if it looks + * like an old-style (pre-4.0) one; 0 means + * consider these invalid. */ { int result, actualFormat, argc, i; unsigned long length, bytesAfter; @@ -608,13 +594,12 @@ ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) property = NULL; /* - * Ignore X errors when reading the property (e.g., the window - * might not exist). If an error occurs, result will be some - * value other than Success. + * Ignore X errors when reading the property (e.g., the window might not + * exist). If an error occurs, result will be some value other than + * Success. */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); result = XGetWindowProperty(dispPtr->display, commWindow, dispPtr->appNameProperty, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat, @@ -624,15 +609,14 @@ ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) XWindowAttributes atts; /* - * The comm. window exists but the property we're looking for - * doesn't exist. This probably means that the application - * comes from an older version of Tk (< 4.0) that didn't set the - * property; if this is the case, then assume for compatibility's - * sake that everything's OK. However, it's also possible that - * some random application has re-used the window id for something - * totally unrelated. Check a few characteristics of the window, - * such as its dimensions and mapped state, to be sure that it - * still "smells" like a commWindow. + * The comm. window exists but the property we're looking for doesn't + * exist. This probably means that the application comes from an older + * version of Tk (< 4.0) that didn't set the property; if this is the + * case, then assume for compatibility's sake that everything's OK. + * However, it's also possible that some random application has + * re-used the window id for something totally unrelated. Check a few + * characteristics of the window, such as its dimensions and mapped + * state, to be sure that it still "smells" like a commWindow. */ if (!oldOK @@ -646,8 +630,7 @@ ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) } else if ((result == Success) && (actualFormat == 8) && (actualType == XA_STRING)) { result = 0; - if (Tcl_SplitList((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, property, &argc, &argv) - == TCL_OK) { + if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, property, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK) { for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { if (strcmp(argv[i], name) == 0) { result = 1; @@ -657,7 +640,7 @@ ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) ckfree((char *) argv); } } else { - result = 0; + result = 0; } Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); if (property != NULL) { @@ -671,15 +654,14 @@ ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) * * ServerSecure -- * - * Check whether a server is secure enough for us to trust - * Tcl scripts arriving via that server. + * Check whether a server is secure enough for us to trust Tcl scripts + * arriving via that server. * * Results: - * The return value is 1 if the server is secure, which means - * that host-style authentication is turned on but there are - * no hosts in the enabled list. This means that some other - * form of authorization (presumably more secure, such as xauth) - * is in use. + * The return value is 1 if the server is secure, which means that + * host-style authentication is turned on but there are no hosts in the + * enabled list. This means that some other form of authorization + * (presumably more secure, such as xauth) is in use. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -688,8 +670,8 @@ ValidateName(dispPtr, name, commWindow, oldOK) */ static int -ServerSecure(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display to check. */ +ServerSecure( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display to check. */ { #ifdef TK_NO_SECURITY return 1; @@ -715,32 +697,32 @@ ServerSecure(dispPtr) * * Tk_SetAppName -- * - * This procedure is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk - * application. If the application has already been named, the - * name replaces the old one. + * This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk + * application. If the application has already been named, the name + * replaces the old one. * * Results: - * The return value is the name actually given to the application. - * This will normally be the same as name, but if name was already - * in use for an application then a name of the form "name #2" will - * be chosen, with a high enough number to make the name unique. + * The return value is the name actually given to the application. This + * will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for + * an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with + * a high enough number to make the name unique. * * Side effects: - * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command - * to be used later to invoke commands in the application. In - * addition, the "send" command is created in the application's - * interpreter. The registration will be removed automatically - * if the interpreter is deleted or the "send" command is removed. + * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be + * used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the + * "send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The + * registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is + * deleted or the "send" command is removed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ CONST char * -Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for any window in the application +Tk_SetAppName( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application * to be named: it is just used to identify * the application and the display. */ - CONST char *name; /* The name that will be used to + CONST char *name) /* The name that will be used to * refer to the interpreter in later * "send" commands. Must be globally * unique. */ @@ -754,8 +736,8 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) CONST char *actualName; Tcl_DString dString; int offset, i; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp; if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) { @@ -763,18 +745,17 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) } /* - * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its - * current name from the registry. + * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its current + * name from the registry. */ regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1); for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; ; riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { if (riPtr == NULL) { - /* - * This interpreter isn't currently registered; create - * the data structure that will be used to register it locally, - * plus add the "send" command to the interpreter. + * This interpreter isn't currently registered; create the data + * structure that will be used to register it locally, plus add + * the "send" command to the interpreter. */ riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp)); @@ -785,15 +766,15 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) riPtr->name = NULL; Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendCmd, (ClientData) riPtr, DeleteProc); - if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { - Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send"); - } + if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { + Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send"); + } break; } if (riPtr->interp == interp) { /* - * The interpreter is currently registered; remove it from - * the name registry. + * The interpreter is currently registered; remove it from the + * name registry. */ if (riPtr->name) { @@ -805,10 +786,9 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) } /* - * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not - * already in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying - * larger and larger numbers until we eventually find one that is - * unique. + * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not already + * in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying larger and larger + * numbers until we eventually find one that is unique. */ actualName = name; @@ -830,16 +810,16 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) if (w == None) { break; } - + /* - * The name appears to be in use already, but double-check to - * be sure (perhaps the application died without removing its - * name from the registry?). + * The name appears to be in use already, but double-check to be sure + * (perhaps the application died without removing its name from the + * registry?). */ if (w == Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin)) { - for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL; - riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) { + for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL; + riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) { if ((riPtr2->interp != interp) && (strcmp(riPtr2->name, actualName) == 0)) { goto nextSuffix; @@ -856,9 +836,9 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) } /* - * We've now got a name to use. Store it in the name registry and - * in the local entry for this application, plus put it in a property - * on the commWindow. + * We've now got a name to use. Store it in the name registry and in the + * local entry for this application, plus put it in a property on the + * commWindow. */ RegAddName(regPtr, actualName, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin)); @@ -878,8 +858,8 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) * * Tk_SendCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the + * user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -891,12 +871,12 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) */ int -Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about sender (only - * dispPtr field is used). */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int argc; /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv; /* Argument strings. */ +Tk_SendCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Information about sender (only dispPtr + * field is used). */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ + CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { TkWindow *winPtr; Window commWindow; @@ -911,11 +891,10 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) Tcl_Time timeout; NameRegistry *regPtr; Tcl_DString request; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - Tcl_Interp *localInterp; /* Used when the interpreter to - * send the command to is within - * the same process. */ + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_Interp *localInterp; /* Used when the interpreter to send the + * command to is within the same process. */ /* * Process options, if any. @@ -948,14 +927,14 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) break; } else { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[i], - "\": must be -async, -displayof, or --", (char *) NULL); + "\": must be -async, -displayof, or --", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } if (argc < (i+2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], - " ?options? interpName arg ?arg ...?\"", (char *) NULL); + " ?options? interpName arg ?arg ...?\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } destName = argv[i]; @@ -967,22 +946,21 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) } /* - * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute - * the command directly without going through the X server. - * The only tricky thing is passing the result from the target - * interpreter to the invoking interpreter. Watch out: they - * could be the same! + * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute the command + * directly without going through the X server. The only tricky thing is + * passing the result from the target interpreter to the invoking + * interpreter. Watch out: they could be the same! */ - for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL; - riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { + for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL; + riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { if ((riPtr->dispPtr != dispPtr) || (strcmp(riPtr->name, destName) != 0)) { continue; } Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr); - localInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp); + localInterp = riPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp); if (firstArg == (argc-1)) { result = Tcl_GlobalEval(localInterp, argv[firstArg]); } else { @@ -1001,25 +979,25 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) /* * An error occurred, so transfer error information from the - * destination interpreter back to our interpreter. Must clear + * destination interpreter back to our interpreter. Must clear * interp's result before calling Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since - * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in errorInfo - * before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've already got - * everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo. + * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in + * errorInfo before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've + * already got everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo. */ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_GetVar2(localInterp, - "errorInfo", (char *) NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)); + "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)); errorObjPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(localInterp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, errorObjPtr); } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp)); - Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp); + Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp); } Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp); return result; } @@ -1031,14 +1009,13 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) commWindow = RegFindName(regPtr, destName); RegClose(regPtr); if (commWindow == None) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no application named \"", - destName, "\"", (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no application named \"",destName,"\"",NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } /* - * Send the command to the target interpreter by appending it to the - * comm window in the communication window. + * Send the command to the target interpreter by appending it to the comm + * window in the communication window. */ tkSendSerial++; @@ -1062,24 +1039,23 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) } (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow, dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&request), - Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, - (async) ? (PendingCommand *) NULL : &pending); + Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, (async ? NULL : &pending)); Tcl_DStringFree(&request); if (async) { /* - * This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without - * waiting for a response. + * This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without waiting + * for a response. */ return TCL_OK; } /* - * Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete - * (this is needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass - * back the command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that - * we can check during long sends to make sure that the destination - * application is still alive. + * Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete (this is + * needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass back the + * command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that we can check + * during long sends to make sure that the destination application is + * still alive. */ pending.serial = tkSendSerial; @@ -1095,28 +1071,27 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) tsdPtr->pendingCommands = &pending; /* - * Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes - * in or the target is declared to be dead. While waiting - * for a result, look only at send-related events so that - * the send is synchronous with respect to other events in - * the application. + * Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes in or the + * target is declared to be dead. While waiting for a result, look only at + * send-related events so that the send is synchronous with respect to + * other events in the application. */ - prevRestrictProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(SendRestrictProc, - (ClientData) NULL, &prevArg); + prevRestrictProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(SendRestrictProc, NULL, &prevArg); Tcl_GetTime(&timeout); timeout.sec += 2; while (!pending.gotResponse) { if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) { /* * An unusually long amount of time has elapsed during the - * processing of a sent command. Check to make sure that the - * target application still exists. If it does, reset the timeout. + * processing of a sent command. Check to make sure that the + * target application still exists. If it does, reset the timeout. */ if (!ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target, pending.commWindow, 0)) { char *msg; + if (ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target, pending.commWindow, 1)) { msg = "target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0"; @@ -1136,8 +1111,8 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) (void) Tk_RestrictEvents(prevRestrictProc, prevArg, &prevArg); /* - * Unregister the information about the pending command - * and return the result. + * Unregister the information about the pending command and return the + * result. */ if (tsdPtr->pendingCommands != &pending) { @@ -1148,7 +1123,7 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) /* * Special trick: must clear the interp's result before calling * Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's - * result in errorInfo before appending pending.errorInfo; we've + * result in errorInfo before appending pending.errorInfo; we've * already got everything we need in pending.errorInfo. */ @@ -1171,15 +1146,14 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) * * TkGetInterpNames -- * - * This procedure is invoked to fetch a list of all the - * interpreter names currently registered for the display - * of a particular window. + * This function is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names + * currently registered for the display of a particular window. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value. The interp's result will be set - * to hold a list of all the interpreter names defined for - * tkwin's display. If an error occurs, then TCL_ERROR - * is returned and the interp's result will hold an error message. + * A standard Tcl return value. The interp's result will be set to hold a + * list of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an + * error occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and the interp's result will + * hold an error message. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -1188,10 +1162,10 @@ Tk_SendCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) */ int -TkGetInterpNames(interp, tkwin) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for returning a result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window whose display is to be used - * for the lookup. */ +TkGetInterpNames( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the + * lookup. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; char *p, *entry, *entryName; @@ -1208,7 +1182,7 @@ TkGetInterpNames(interp, tkwin) regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1); for (p = regPtr->property; (p-regPtr->property) < (int) regPtr->propLength; ) { entry = p; - if (sscanf(p, "%x",(unsigned int *) &id) != 1) { + if (sscanf(p, "%x",(unsigned int *) &id) != 1) { commWindow = None; } else { commWindow = id; @@ -1233,7 +1207,7 @@ TkGetInterpNames(interp, tkwin) } else { /* * This name is bogus (perhaps the application died without - * cleaning up its entry in the registry?). Delete the name. + * cleaning up its entry in the registry?). Delete the name. */ count = regPtr->propLength - (p - regPtr->property); @@ -1258,9 +1232,8 @@ TkGetInterpNames(interp, tkwin) * * TkSendCleanup -- * - * This procedure is called to free resources used by the - * communication channels for sending commands and - * receiving results. + * This function is called to free resources used by the communication + * channels for sending commands and receiving results. * * Results: * None. @@ -1272,8 +1245,8 @@ TkGetInterpNames(interp, tkwin) */ void -TkSendCleanup(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; +TkSendCleanup( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) { if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask, @@ -1289,9 +1262,8 @@ TkSendCleanup(dispPtr) * * SendInit -- * - * This procedure is called to initialize the - * communication channels for sending commands and - * receiving results. + * This function is called to initialize the communication channels for + * sending commands and receiving results. * * Results: * None. @@ -1303,17 +1275,17 @@ TkSendCleanup(dispPtr) */ static int -SendInit(interp, dispPtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for error reporting - * (no errors are ever returned, but the +SendInit( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no + * errors are ever returned, but the * interpreter is needed anyway). */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display to initialize. */ + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display to initialize. */ { XSetWindowAttributes atts; /* - * Create the window used for communication, and set up an - * event handler for it. + * Create the window used for communication, and set up an event handler + * for it. */ dispPtr->commTkwin = Tk_CreateWindow(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, @@ -1347,27 +1319,25 @@ SendInit(interp, dispPtr) * * SendEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked automatically by the toolkit - * event manager when a property changes on the communication - * window. This procedure reads the property and handles - * command requests and responses. + * This function is invoked automatically by the toolkit event manager + * when a property changes on the communication window. This function + * reads the property and handles command requests and responses. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * If there are command requests in the property, they - * are executed. If there are responses in the property, - * their information is saved for the (ostensibly waiting) - * "send" commands. The property is deleted. + * If there are command requests in the property, they are executed. If + * there are responses in the property, their information is saved for + * the (ostensibly waiting) "send" commands. The property is deleted. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Display information. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */ +SendEventProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Display information. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData; char *propInfo; @@ -1376,8 +1346,8 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; Atom actualType; Tcl_Interp *remoteInterp; /* Interp in which to execute the command. */ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != dispPtr->commProperty) || (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue)) { @@ -1396,8 +1366,7 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) &numItems, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) &propInfo); /* - * If the property doesn't exist or is improperly formed - * then ignore it. + * If the property doesn't exist or is improperly formed then ignore it. */ if ((result != Success) || (actualType != XA_STRING) @@ -1409,17 +1378,16 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } /* - * Several commands and results could arrive in the property at - * one time; each iteration through the outer loop handles a - * single command or result. + * Several commands and results could arrive in the property at one time; + * each iteration through the outer loop handles a single command or + * result. */ for (p = propInfo; (p-propInfo) < (int) numItems; ) { /* - * Ignore leading NULLs; each command or result starts with a - * NULL so that no matter how badly formed a preceding command - * is, we'll be able to tell that a new command/result is - * starting. + * Ignore leading NULLs; each command or result starts with a NULL so + * that no matter how badly formed a preceding command is, we'll be + * able to tell that a new command/result is starting. */ if (*p == 0) { @@ -1436,9 +1404,8 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) /* *---------------------------------------------------------- * This is an incoming command from some other application. - * Iterate over all of its options. Stop when we reach - * the end of the property or something that doesn't look - * like an option. + * Iterate over all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of + * the property or something that doesn't look like an option. *---------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1449,24 +1416,24 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) script = NULL; while (((p-propInfo) < (int) numItems) && (*p == '-')) { switch (p[1]) { - case 'r': - commWindow = (Window) strtoul(p+2, &end, 16); - if ((end == p+2) || (*end != ' ')) { - commWindow = None; - } else { - p = serial = end+1; - } - break; - case 'n': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - interpName = p+3; - } - break; - case 's': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - script = p+3; - } - break; + case 'r': + commWindow = (Window) strtoul(p+2, &end, 16); + if ((end == p+2) || (*end != ' ')) { + commWindow = None; + } else { + p = serial = end+1; + } + break; + case 'n': + if (p[2] == ' ') { + interpName = p+3; + } + break; + case 's': + if (p[2] == ' ') { + script = p+3; + } + break; } while (*p != 0) { p++; @@ -1479,8 +1446,8 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } /* - * Initialize the result property, so that we're ready at any - * time if we need to return an error. + * Initialize the result property, so that we're ready at any time + * if we need to return an error. */ if (commWindow != None) { @@ -1519,66 +1486,65 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr); - /* - * We must protect the interpreter because the script may - * enter another event loop, which might call Tcl_DeleteInterp. - */ + /* + * We must protect the interpreter because the script may enter + * another event loop, which might call Tcl_DeleteInterp. + */ - remoteInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) remoteInterp); + remoteInterp = riPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) remoteInterp); - result = Tcl_GlobalEval(remoteInterp, script); + result = Tcl_GlobalEval(remoteInterp, script); - /* - * The call to Tcl_Release may have released the interpreter - * which will cause the "send" command for that interpreter - * to be deleted. The command deletion callback will set the - * riPtr->interp field to NULL, hence the check below for NULL. - */ + /* + * The call to Tcl_Release may have released the interpreter which + * will cause the "send" command for that interpreter to be + * deleted. The command deletion callback will set the + * riPtr->interp field to NULL, hence the check below for NULL. + */ if (commWindow != None) { Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, Tcl_GetStringResult(remoteInterp), -1); if (result == TCL_ERROR) { CONST char *varValue; - + varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorInfo", - (char *) NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); if (varValue != NULL) { Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-i ", 4); Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1); } varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorCode", - (char *) NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); if (varValue != NULL) { Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-e ", 4); Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1); } } } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) remoteInterp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) remoteInterp); Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr); /* - * Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was - * specified (if none was specified then this is an asynchronous - * call). Right now reply has everything but the completion - * code, but it needs the NULL to terminate the current option. + * Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was specified + * (if none was specified then this is an asynchronous call). + * Right now reply has everything but the completion code, but it + * needs the NULL to terminate the current option. */ - returnResult: + returnResult: if (commWindow != None) { if (result != TCL_OK) { char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - + sprintf(buffer, "%d", result); Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-c ", 4); Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, buffer, -1); } (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow, dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&reply), - Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, - (PendingCommand *) NULL); + Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, NULL); XFlush(dispPtr->display); Tcl_DStringFree(&reply); } @@ -1589,9 +1555,9 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) /* *---------------------------------------------------------- - * This is a reply to some command that we sent out. Iterate - * over all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of the - * property or something that doesn't look like an option. + * This is a reply to some command that we sent out. Iterate over + * all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of the property + * or something that doesn't look like an option. *---------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1603,31 +1569,31 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) resultString = ""; while (((p-propInfo) < (int) numItems) && (*p == '-')) { switch (p[1]) { - case 'c': - if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &code) != 1) { - code = TCL_OK; - } - break; - case 'e': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - errorCode = p+3; - } - break; - case 'i': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - errorInfo = p+3; - } - break; - case 'r': - if (p[2] == ' ') { - resultString = p+3; - } - break; - case 's': - if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &serial) == 1) { - gotSerial = 1; - } - break; + case 'c': + if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &code) != 1) { + code = TCL_OK; + } + break; + case 'e': + if (p[2] == ' ') { + errorCode = p+3; + } + break; + case 'i': + if (p[2] == ' ') { + errorInfo = p+3; + } + break; + case 'r': + if (p[2] == ' ') { + resultString = p+3; + } + break; + case 's': + if (sscanf(p+2, " %d", &serial) == 1) { + gotSerial = 1; + } + break; } while (*p != 0) { p++; @@ -1640,8 +1606,7 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } /* - * Give the result information to anyone who's - * waiting for it. + * Give the result information to anyone who's waiting for it. */ for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL; @@ -1672,8 +1637,8 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } } else { /* - * Didn't recognize this thing. Just skip through the next - * null character and try again. + * Didn't recognize this thing. Just skip through the next null + * character and try again. */ while (*p != 0) { @@ -1690,60 +1655,56 @@ SendEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * AppendPropCarefully -- * - * Append a given property to a given window, but set up - * an X error handler so that if the append fails this - * procedure can return an error code rather than having - * Xlib panic. + * Append a given property to a given window, but set up an X error + * handler so that if the append fails this function can return an error + * code rather than having Xlib panic. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The given property on the given window is appended to. - * If this operation fails and if pendingPtr is non-NULL, - * then the pending operation is marked as complete with - * an error. + * The given property on the given window is appended to. If this + * operation fails and if pendingPtr is non-NULL, then the pending + * operation is marked as complete with an error. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -AppendPropCarefully(display, window, property, value, length, pendingPtr) - Display *display; /* Display on which to operate. */ - Window window; /* Window whose property is to - * be modified. */ - Atom property; /* Name of property. */ - char *value; /* Characters to append to property. */ - int length; /* Number of bytes to append. */ - PendingCommand *pendingPtr; /* Pending command to mark complete - * if an error occurs during the - * property op. NULL means just - * ignore the error. */ +AppendPropCarefully( + Display *display, /* Display on which to operate. */ + Window window, /* Window whose property is to be modified. */ + Atom property, /* Name of property. */ + char *value, /* Characters to append to property. */ + int length, /* Number of bytes to append. */ + PendingCommand *pendingPtr) /* Pending command to mark complete if an + * error occurs during the property op. NULL + * means just ignore the error. */ { Tk_ErrorHandler handler; handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc, - (ClientData) pendingPtr); + (ClientData) pendingPtr); XChangeProperty(display, window, property, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *) value, length); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); } /* - * The procedure below is invoked if an error occurs during - * the XChangeProperty operation above. + * The function below is invoked if an error occurs during the XChangeProperty + * operation above. */ /* ARGSUSED */ static int -AppendErrorProc(clientData, errorPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */ - XErrorEvent *errorPtr; /* Information about error. */ +AppendErrorProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */ + XErrorEvent *errorPtr) /* Information about error. */ { PendingCommand *pendingPtr = (PendingCommand *) clientData; register PendingCommand *pcPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (pendingPtr == NULL) { return 0; @@ -1773,8 +1734,8 @@ AppendErrorProc(clientData, errorPtr) * * DeleteProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by Tcl when the "send" command - * is deleted in an interpreter. It unregisters the interpreter. + * This function is invoked by Tcl when the "send" command is deleted in + * an interpreter. It unregisters the interpreter. * * Results: * None. @@ -1786,15 +1747,15 @@ AppendErrorProc(clientData, errorPtr) */ static void -DeleteProc(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Info about registration, passed - * as ClientData. */ +DeleteProc( + ClientData clientData) /* Info about registration, passed as + * ClientData. */ { RegisteredInterp *riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) clientData; register RegisteredInterp *riPtr2; NameRegistry *regPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); regPtr = RegOpen(riPtr->interp, riPtr->dispPtr, 1); RegDeleteName(regPtr, riPtr->name); @@ -1822,13 +1783,12 @@ DeleteProc(clientData) * * SendRestrictProc -- * - * This procedure filters incoming events when a "send" command - * is outstanding. It defers all events except those containing - * send commands and results. + * This function filters incoming events when a "send" command is + * outstanding. It defers all events except those containing send + * commands and results. * * Results: - * False is returned except for property-change events on a - * commWindow. + * False is returned except for property-change events on a commWindow. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -1838,17 +1798,17 @@ DeleteProc(clientData) /* ARGSUSED */ static Tk_RestrictAction -SendRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr; /* Event that just arrived. */ +SendRestrictProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ + register XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just arrived. */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr; if (eventPtr->type != PropertyNotify) { return TK_DEFER_EVENT; } - for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; - dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { + for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL; + dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) { if ((eventPtr->xany.display == dispPtr->display) && (eventPtr->xproperty.window == Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin))) { @@ -1863,9 +1823,9 @@ SendRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * UpdateCommWindow -- * - * This procedure updates the list of application names stored - * on our commWindow. It is typically called when interpreters - * are registered and unregistered. + * This function updates the list of application names stored on our + * commWindow. It is typically called when interpreters are registered + * and unregistered. * * Results: * None. @@ -1877,18 +1837,18 @@ SendRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) */ static void -UpdateCommWindow(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display whose commWindow is to be +UpdateCommWindow( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display whose commWindow is to be * updated. */ { Tcl_DString names; RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_DStringInit(&names); - for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL; - riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { + for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL; + riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&names, riPtr->name); } XChangeProperty(dispPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), @@ -1897,3 +1857,11 @@ UpdateCommWindow(dispPtr) Tcl_DStringLength(&names)); Tcl_DStringFree(&names); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixWm.c b/unix/tkUnixWm.c index d8fe42c..d85a9db 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixWm.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixWm.c @@ -2,17 +2,17 @@ * tkUnixWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based - * application and the window manager. Among other things, it - * implements the "wm" command and passes geometry information - * to the window manager. + * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements + * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window + * manager. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixWm.c,v 1.48 2005/04/07 20:14:39 mdejong Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixWm.c,v 1.49 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkPort.h" @@ -20,25 +20,23 @@ #include "tkUnixInt.h" /* - * A data structure of the following type holds information for - * each window manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for - * which a handler (i.e. a Tcl command) has been defined for a - * particular top-level window. + * A data structure of the following type holds information for each window + * manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl + * command) has been defined for a particular top-level window. */ typedef struct ProtocolHandler { Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */ struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of protocol handlers for - * the same top-level window, or NULL for - * end of list. */ + /* Next in list of protocol handlers for the + * same top-level window, or NULL for end of + * list. */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */ - char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client - * message for this protocol arrives. - * The actual size of the structure varies - * to accommodate the needs of the actual - * command. THIS MUST BE THE LAST FIELD OF - * THE STRUCTURE. */ + char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message + * for this protocol arrives. The actual size + * of the structure varies to accommodate the + * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE + * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */ } ProtocolHandler; #define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \ @@ -50,113 +48,112 @@ typedef struct ProtocolHandler { */ typedef struct TkWmInfo { - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for - * this window. */ + TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for this + * window. */ Window reparent; /* If the window has been reparented, this * gives the ID of the ancestor of the window - * that is a child of the root window (may - * not be window's immediate parent). If - * the window isn't reparented, this has the - * value None. */ - char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If - * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */ - char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */ - XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for - * window manager. */ + * that is a child of the root window (may not + * be window's immediate parent). If the + * window isn't reparented, this has the value + * None. */ + char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If + * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */ + char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */ + XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window + * manager. */ char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group * (corresponds to hints.window_group). - * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't - * get updated if leader is destroyed. */ + * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get + * updated if leader is destroyed. */ TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, * or NULL. */ - Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, - * or NULL. */ + Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or + * NULL. */ Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */ int withdrawn; /* Non-zero means window has been withdrawn. */ /* * In order to support menubars transparently under X, each toplevel - * window is encased in an additional window, called the wrapper, - * that holds the toplevel and the menubar, if any. The information - * below is used to keep track of the wrapper and the menubar. + * window is encased in an additional window, called the wrapper, that + * holds the toplevel and the menubar, if any. The information below is + * used to keep track of the wrapper and the menubar. */ TkWindow *wrapperPtr; /* Pointer to information about the wrapper. - * This is the "real" toplevel window as - * seen by the window manager. Although - * this is an official Tk window, it - * doesn't appear in the application's - * window hierarchy. NULL means that - * the wrapper hasn't been created yet. */ - Tk_Window menubar; /* Pointer to information about the - * menubar, or NULL if there is no - * menubar for this toplevel. */ + * This is the "real" toplevel window as seen + * by the window manager. Although this is an + * official Tk window, it doesn't appear in + * the application's window hierarchy. NULL + * means that the wrapper hasn't been created + * yet. */ + Tk_Window menubar; /* Pointer to information about the menubar, + * or NULL if there is no menubar for this + * toplevel. */ int menuHeight; /* Amount of vertical space needed for - * menubar, measured in pixels. If - * menubar is non-NULL, this is >= 1 (X - * servers don't like dimensions of 0). */ + * menubar, measured in pixels. If menubar is + * non-NULL, this is >= 1 (X servers don't + * like dimensions of 0). */ /* - * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for - * the window manager: + * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window + * manager: */ - int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. - * If the PBaseSize flag is set then the - * window is gridded; otherwise it isn't - * gridded. */ - int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in - * pixels or grid units. */ - int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in - * pixels or grid units. 0 to default.*/ + int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the + * PBaseSize flag is set then the window is + * gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */ + int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or + * grid units. */ + int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or + * grid units. 0 to default.*/ Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls - * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if - * the top-level isn't currently gridded. */ - int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels - * per step). */ + * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the + * top-level isn't currently gridded. */ + int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels per + * step). */ struct { - int x; /* numerator */ - int y; /* denominator */ + int x; /* numerator */ + int y; /* denominator */ } minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */ int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight; - /* The dimensions of the window (in - * grid units) requested through - * the geometry manager. */ + /* The dimensions of the window (in grid + * units) requested through the geometry + * manager. */ int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */ /* * Information used to manage the size and location of a window. */ - int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified - * in pixels or grid units. These values are - * set by the "wm geometry" command and by - * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm - * resizes window). -1 means user hasn't - * requested dimensions. */ + int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified in + * pixels or grid units. These values are set + * by the "wm geometry" command and by + * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes + * window). -1 means user hasn't requested + * dimensions. */ int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window. - * These values are set by "wm geometry", - * plus by ConfigureNotify events (when wm - * moves window). These numbers are - * different than the numbers stored in - * winPtr->changes because (a) they could be - * measured from the right or bottom edge - * of the screen (see WM_NEGATIVE_X and - * WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and (b) if the window - * has been reparented then they refer to the - * parent rather than the window itself. */ + * These values are set by "wm geometry", plus + * by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves + * window). These numbers are different than + * the numbers stored in winPtr->changes + * because (a) they could be measured from the + * right or bottom edge of the screen (see + * WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and + * (b) if the window has been reparented then + * they refer to the parent rather than the + * window itself. */ int parentWidth, parentHeight; /* Width and height of reparent, in pixels - * *including border*. If window hasn't been + * *including border*. If window hasn't been * reparented then these will be the outer * dimensions of the window, including * border. */ int xInParent, yInParent; /* Offset of wrapperPtr within reparent, * measured in pixels from upper-left outer * corner of reparent's border to upper-left - * outer corner of wrapperPtr's border. If - * not reparented then these are zero. */ + * outer corner of wrapperPtr's border. If not + * reparented then these are zero. */ int configWidth, configHeight; /* Dimensions passed to last request that we * issued to change geometry of the wrapper. @@ -164,35 +161,34 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { * operations. */ /* - * Information about the virtual root window for this top-level, - * if there is one. + * Information about the virtual root window for this top-level, if there + * is one. */ - Window vRoot; /* Virtual root window for this top-level, - * or None if there is no virtual root - * window (i.e. just use the screen's root). */ + Window vRoot; /* Virtual root window for this top-level, or + * None if there is no virtual root window + * (i.e. just use the screen's root). */ int vRootX, vRootY; /* Position of the virtual root inside the - * root window. If the WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE + * root window. If the WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE * flag is set then this information may be * incorrect and needs to be refreshed from - * the X server. If vRoot is None then these + * the X server. If vRoot is None then these * values are both 0. */ - int vRootWidth, vRootHeight;/* Dimensions of the virtual root window. - * If vRoot is None, gives the dimensions - * of the containing screen. This information - * is never stale, even though vRootX and - * vRootY can be. */ + int vRootWidth, vRootHeight;/* Dimensions of the virtual root window. If + * vRoot is None, gives the dimensions of the + * containing screen. This information is + * never stale, even though vRootX and vRootY + * can be. */ /* * Miscellaneous information. */ - ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for - * this window (NULL means none). */ + ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this + * window (NULL means none). */ int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */ - CONST char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the - * WM_COMMAND property. NULL means nothing - * available. */ + CONST char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND + * property. NULL means nothing available. */ char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE * property, or NULL. */ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */ @@ -205,15 +201,15 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { /* * Flag values for WmInfo structures: * - * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been - * mapped; need to update all info when - * window is first mapped. + * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been mapped; + * need to update all info when window is first + * mapped. * WM_UPDATE_PENDING - non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo - * has already been scheduled for this - * window; no need to schedule another one. + * has already been scheduled for this window; + * no need to schedule another one. * WM_NEGATIVE_X - non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in - * pixels from right edge of screen, rather - * than from left edge. + * pixels from right edge of screen, rather than + * from left edge. * WM_NEGATIVE_Y - non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in * pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than * down from top. @@ -224,27 +220,24 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { * WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE - non-zero means that (x,y) offset information * about the virtual root window is stale and * needs to be fetched fresh from the X server. - * WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP - non-zero means that the window is about to - * be mapped by TkWmMapWindow. This is used - * by UpdateGeometryInfo to modify its behavior. - * WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested - * a new position for the window, but it hasn't - * been reflected through the window manager - * yet. - * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were - * set explicitly via "wm colormapwindows". + * WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP - non-zero means that the window is about to be + * mapped by TkWmMapWindow. This is used by + * UpdateGeometryInfo to modify its behavior. + * WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested a + * new position for the window, but it hasn't + * been reflected through the window manager yet. + * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were set + * explicitly via "wm colormapwindows". * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows" * was called the top-level itself wasn't - * specified, so we added it implicitly at - * the end of the list. + * specified, so we added it implicitly at the + * end of the list. * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the width of the - * window (controlled by "wm resizable" - * command). + * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the height of the - * window (controlled by "wm resizable" - * command). + * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly * been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should * not mirror state changes in the master. @@ -263,12 +256,12 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { #define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP 0x800 #define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x1000 #define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x2000 -#define WM_WITHDRAWN 0x4000 +#define WM_WITHDRAWN 0x4000 /* - * This module keeps a list of all top-level windows, primarily to - * simplify the job of Tk_CoordsToWindow. The list is called - * firstWmPtr and is stored in the TkDisplay structure. + * This module keeps a list of all top-level windows, primarily to simplify + * the job of Tk_CoordsToWindow. The list is called firstWmPtr and is stored + * in the TkDisplay structure. */ /* @@ -276,22 +269,18 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { * management of top-level and menubar windows. */ -static void TopLevelReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData dummy, - Tk_Window tkwin)); +static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); +static void MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin); static Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = { "wm", /* name */ TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */ - (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *) NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ + NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ }; - -static void MenubarReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - Tk_Window tkwin)); - static Tk_GeomMgr menubarMgrType = { "menubar", /* name */ MenubarReqProc, /* requestProc */ - (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *) NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ + NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ }; /* @@ -304,156 +293,147 @@ typedef struct WaitRestrictInfo { WmInfo *wmInfoPtr; int type; /* We only care about this type of event. */ XEvent *eventPtr; /* Where to store the event when it's found. */ - int foundEvent; /* Non-zero means that an event of the - * desired type has been found. */ + int foundEvent; /* Non-zero means that an event of the desired + * type has been found. */ } WaitRestrictInfo; /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static int ComputeReparentGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr)); -static void ConfigureEvent _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - XConfigureEvent *eventPtr)); -static void CreateWrapper _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr)); -static void GetMaxSize _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr)); -static void MenubarDestroyProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static int ParseGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, - char *string, TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void ReparentEvent _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - XReparentEvent *eventPtr)); -static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkWindow *winPtr, - Display *display, - Tcl_HashTable *reparentTable)); -static void TopLevelReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData dummy, - Tk_Window tkwin)); -static void UpdateCommand _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void UpdateGeometryInfo _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData)); -static void UpdateHints _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void UpdateSizeHints _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr, - int newWidth, int newHeight)); -static void UpdateTitle _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void UpdatePhotoIcon _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void UpdateVRootGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr)); -static void UpdateWmProtocols _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr)); -static void WaitForConfigureNotify _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr, - unsigned long serial)); -static int WaitForEvent _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display, - WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void WaitForMapNotify _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr, - int mapped)); +static int ComputeReparentGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr); +static void ConfigureEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, + XConfigureEvent *eventPtr); +static void CreateWrapper(WmInfo *wmPtr); +static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, + int *maxHeightPtr); +static void MenubarDestroyProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string, + TkWindow *winPtr); +static void ReparentEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XReparentEvent *eventPtr); +static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, + Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *reparentTable); +static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); +static void UpdateCommand(TkWindow *winPtr); +static void UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData); +static void UpdateHints(TkWindow *winPtr); +static void UpdateSizeHints(TkWindow *winPtr, + int newWidth, int newHeight); +static void UpdateTitle(TkWindow *winPtr); +static void UpdatePhotoIcon(TkWindow *winPtr); +static void UpdateVRootGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr); +static void UpdateWmProtocols(WmInfo *wmPtr); +static void WaitForConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, + unsigned long serial); +static int WaitForEvent(Display *display, + WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr); +static void WaitForMapNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, int mapped); static Tk_RestrictAction - WaitRestrictProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void WrapperEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void WmWaitMapProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)); - -static int WmAspectCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmAttributesCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmClientCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmColormapwindowsCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmCommandCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmDeiconifyCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmFocusmodelCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmFrameCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmGeometryCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmGridCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmGroupCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconbitmapCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconifyCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconmaskCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconnameCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconphotoCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconpositionCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmIconwindowCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmMaxsizeCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmMinsizeCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmOverrideredirectCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmPositionfromCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmProtocolCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmResizableCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmSizefromCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmStackorderCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmStateCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmTitleCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmTransientCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static int WmWithdrawCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); -static void WmUpdateGeom _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - TkWindow *winPtr)); + WaitRestrictProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static void WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static void WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkWmCleanup -- * - * This procedure is invoked to cleanup remaining wm resources - * associated with a display. + * This function is invoked to cleanup remaining wm resources associated + * with a display. * * Results: * None. @@ -464,15 +444,17 @@ static void WmUpdateGeom _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -void TkWmCleanup(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; +void TkWmCleanup( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) { WmInfo *wmPtr, *nextPtr; + for (wmPtr = dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = nextPtr) { /* - * We can't assume we have access to winPtr's anymore, so some - * cleanup requiring winPtr data is avoided. + * We can't assume we have access to winPtr's anymore, so some cleanup + * requiring winPtr data is avoided. */ + nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr; if (wmPtr->title != NULL) { ckfree(wmPtr->title); @@ -518,9 +500,8 @@ void TkWmCleanup(dispPtr) * * TkWmNewWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level - * window is created. Its job is to initialize the WmInfo - * structure for the window. + * This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created. + * Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -532,8 +513,8 @@ void TkWmCleanup(dispPtr) */ void -TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Newly-created top-level window. */ +TkWmNewWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; @@ -554,8 +535,8 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) wmPtr->hints.window_group = None; /* - * Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display, minus - * a guess about how space is needed for window manager decorations. + * Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display, minus a + * guess about how space is needed for window manager decorations. */ wmPtr->gridWin = NULL; @@ -585,8 +566,8 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); /* - * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window - * to the window manager. + * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the + * window manager. */ Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0); @@ -597,28 +578,28 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) * * TkWmMapWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This - * module gets a chance to update all window-manager-related - * information in properties before the window manager sees - * the map event and checks the properties. It also gets to - * decide whether or not to even map the window after all. + * This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a + * chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties + * before the window manager sees the map event and checks the + * properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the + * window after all. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date - * information to the window manager. The window may also get - * mapped, but it may not be if this procedure decides that - * isn't appropriate (e.g. because the window is withdrawn). + * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information + * to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not + * be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the + * window is withdrawn). * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's about to - * be mapped. */ +TkWmMapWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * mapped. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; XTextProperty textProp; @@ -629,9 +610,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED; /* - * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. - * First create the wrapper window that provides space for a - * menubar. + * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. First + * create the wrapper window that provides space for a menubar. */ if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) { @@ -639,8 +619,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) } /* - * Store all the window-manager-related information for the - * window. + * Store all the window-manager-related information for the window. */ TkWmSetClass(winPtr); @@ -653,11 +632,12 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) */ if (!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) { - wmPtr->withdrawn = 1; - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; + wmPtr->withdrawn = 1; + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; } else { - XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); + XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, + wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, + wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); } } @@ -683,9 +663,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { /* - * This window is an icon for somebody else. Make sure that - * the geometry is up-to-date, then return without mapping - * the window. + * This window is an icon for somebody else. Make sure that the + * geometry is up-to-date, then return without mapping the window. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { @@ -717,9 +696,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) * * TkWmUnmapWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The - * only thing it does special is to wait for the window actually - * to be unmapped. + * This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing + * it does special is to wait for the window actually to be unmapped. * * Results: * None. @@ -731,20 +709,20 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) */ void -TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's about to - * be mapped. */ +TkWmUnmapWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * mapped. */ { /* - * It seems to be important to wait after unmapping a top-level - * window until the window really gets unmapped. I don't completely - * understand all the interactions with the window manager, but if - * we go on without waiting, and if the window is then mapped again - * quickly, events seem to get lost so that we think the window isn't - * mapped when in fact it is mapped. I suspect that this has something - * to do with the window manager filtering Map events (and possily not - * filtering Unmap events?). + * It seems to be important to wait after unmapping a top-level window + * until the window really gets unmapped. I don't completely understand + * all the interactions with the window manager, but if we go on without + * waiting, and if the window is then mapped again quickly, events seem to + * get lost so that we think the window isn't mapped when in fact it is + * mapped. I suspect that this has something to do with the window manager + * filtering Map events (and possily not filtering Unmap events?). */ + XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); } @@ -754,9 +732,8 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr) * * TkWmDeadWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is - * about to be deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data - * structures for the window. + * This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be + * deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -768,8 +745,8 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr) */ void -TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */ +TkWmDeadWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; WmInfo *wmPtr2; @@ -783,7 +760,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) register WmInfo *prevPtr; for (prevPtr = (WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ; - prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) { + prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) { if (prevPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("couldn't unlink window in TkWmDeadWindow"); } @@ -827,10 +804,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) } if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) { /* - * The rest of Tk doesn't know that we reparent the toplevel - * inside the wrapper, so reparent it back out again before - * deleting the wrapper; otherwise the toplevel will get deleted - * twice (once implicitly by the deletion of the wrapper). + * The rest of Tk doesn't know that we reparent the toplevel inside + * the wrapper, so reparent it back out again before deleting the + * wrapper; otherwise the toplevel will get deleted twice (once + * implicitly by the deletion of the wrapper). */ XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); @@ -854,42 +831,47 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); } + /* * Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window. */ for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL; - wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { + wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) { wmPtr->numTransients--; Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, - WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr); + StructureNotifyMask, + WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr); wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL; if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window, Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR")); - /* FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so - we can recreate the wrapper and get rid of the - transient window decorations. */ + + /* + * FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can + * recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window + * decorations. + */ } } } - if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0) - Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0"); + if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0) { + Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0"); + } if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; + /* - * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied - * to them anymore + * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore */ + if (wmPtr2 != NULL) { wmPtr2->numTransients--; } Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, - WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr); + StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr); wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL; } ckfree((char *) wmPtr); @@ -901,11 +883,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) * * TkWmSetClass -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's - * class is changed. If the window has been mapped then this - * procedure updates the window manager property for the - * class. If the window hasn't been mapped, the update is - * deferred until just before the first mapping. + * This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is + * changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the + * window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been + * mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping. * * Results: * None. @@ -917,8 +898,8 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) */ void -TkWmSetClass(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Newly-created top-level window. */ +TkWmSetClass( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ { if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { return; @@ -946,8 +927,8 @@ TkWmSetClass(winPtr) * * Tk_WmObjCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the user + * documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -960,12 +941,11 @@ TkWmSetClass(winPtr) /* ARGSUSED */ int -Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with - * interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_WmObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { @@ -975,27 +955,27 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) "iconify", "iconmask", "iconname", "iconphoto", "iconposition", "iconwindow", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect", - "positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", - "stackorder", "state", "title", "transient", - "withdraw", (char *) NULL }; + "positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", + "stackorder", "state", "title", "transient", + "withdraw", NULL }; enum options { - WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS, + WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS, WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP, WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, - WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, - WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, + WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, + WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW }; - int index; + int index; int length; char *argv1; TkWindow *winPtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; if (objc < 2) { - wrongNumArgs: + wrongNumArgs: Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1040,70 +1020,70 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) } if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } switch ((enum options) index) { - case WMOPT_ASPECT: + case WMOPT_ASPECT: return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: + case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_CLIENT: + case WMOPT_CLIENT: return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: + case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COMMAND: + case WMOPT_COMMAND: return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: + case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: + case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FRAME: + case WMOPT_FRAME: return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: + case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GRID: + case WMOPT_GRID: return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GROUP: + case WMOPT_GROUP: return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: + case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONIFY: + case WMOPT_ICONIFY: return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONMASK: + case WMOPT_ICONMASK: return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONNAME: + case WMOPT_ICONNAME: return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: - return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: + case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: + return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: + case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: + case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MINSIZE: + case WMOPT_MINSIZE: return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: + case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: + case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: + case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: + case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: + case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STACKORDER: + case WMOPT_STACKORDER: return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STATE: + case WMOPT_STATE: return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TITLE: + case WMOPT_TITLE: return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: + case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: + case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); } @@ -1116,8 +1096,8 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) * * WmAspectCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1129,12 +1109,12 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmAspectCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2; @@ -1186,7 +1166,7 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmAttributesCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -1199,12 +1179,12 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmAttributesCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); @@ -1218,8 +1198,8 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmClientCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1231,12 +1211,12 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmClientCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -1259,8 +1239,7 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL; if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, - "WM_CLIENT_MACHINE")); + Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window)winPtr, "WM_CLIENT_MACHINE")); } } return TCL_OK; @@ -1292,9 +1271,8 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmColormapwindowsCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1306,12 +1284,12 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmColormapwindowsCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Window *cmapList; @@ -1338,7 +1316,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) && (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) { break; } - winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, + winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, cmapList[i]); if (winPtr2 == NULL) { sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", cmapList[i]); @@ -1359,8 +1337,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) gotToplevel = 0; for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) { if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i], - (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) - { + (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) { ckfree((char *) cmapList); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1391,8 +1368,8 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmCommandCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1404,12 +1381,12 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmCommandCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -1459,7 +1436,7 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmDeiconifyCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -1472,12 +1449,12 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmDeiconifyCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -1487,13 +1464,12 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName, - ": it is an embedded window", (char *) NULL); + ": it is an embedded window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN; @@ -1506,7 +1482,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmFocusmodelCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -1519,16 +1495,16 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmFocusmodelCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "active", "passive", (char *) NULL }; + "active", "passive", NULL }; enum options { OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE }; int index; @@ -1561,8 +1537,8 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmFrameCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1574,12 +1550,12 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmFrameCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Window window; @@ -1603,7 +1579,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmGeometryCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -1616,12 +1592,12 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmGeometryCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char xSign, ySign; @@ -1666,8 +1642,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmGridCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the + * user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1679,12 +1655,12 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmGridCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc; @@ -1707,8 +1683,8 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { /* - * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height - * to make sense as ungridded numbers. + * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as + * ungridded numbers. */ wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc); @@ -1724,7 +1700,7 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK) || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK) || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) { + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) !=TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (reqWidth < 0) { @@ -1756,8 +1732,8 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmGroupCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1769,12 +1745,12 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmGroupCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -1832,7 +1808,7 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconbitmapCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -1845,12 +1821,12 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconbitmapCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -1892,8 +1868,8 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconifyCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1905,12 +1881,12 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconifyCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; if (objc != 3) { @@ -1919,23 +1895,22 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\": override-redirect flag is set", (char *) NULL); + "\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\": it is a transient", (char *) NULL); + "\": it is a transient", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName, - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName, - ": it is an embedded window", (char *) NULL); + ": it is an embedded window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) { @@ -1952,7 +1927,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconmaskCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -1965,12 +1940,12 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconmaskCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -2011,7 +1986,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconnameCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2024,12 +1999,12 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconnameCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -2063,8 +2038,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconphotoCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" - * Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2077,12 +2051,12 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconphotoCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_PhotoHandle photo; @@ -2105,24 +2079,34 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_ERROR; } } + /* * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a * buffer large enough to hold all images. */ + for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) { photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); if (photo == NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), - "\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", (char *) NULL); + "\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); - /* We need to cardinals for width & height and one cardinal for each - * image pixel. */ + + /* + * We need to cardinals for width & height and one cardinal for each + * image pixel. + */ + size += 2 + width * height; } - /* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed - * memory space. */ + + /* + * We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed + * memory space. + */ + iconPropertyData = (long *) Tcl_AttemptAlloc(sizeof(long)*size); if (iconPropertyData == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; @@ -2137,18 +2121,17 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block); + /* * Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed - * CARDINAL, in a window property named "_NET_WM_ICON": - * _NET_WM_ICON + * CARDINAL, in a window property named "_NET_WM_ICON": _NET_WM_ICON * * _NET_WM_ICON CARDINAL[][2+n]/32 * - * This is an array of possible icons for the client. - * This specification does not stipulate what size these icons should - * be, but individual desktop environments or toolkits may do so. - * The Window Manager MAY scale any of these icons to an appropriate - * size. + * This is an array of possible icons for the client. This spec. does + * not stipulate what size these icons should be, but individual + * desktop environments or toolkits may do so. The Window Manager MAY + * scale any of these icons to an appropriate size. * * This is an array of 32bit packed CARDINAL ARGB with high byte being * A, low byte being B. The first two cardinals are width, height. @@ -2158,6 +2141,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* * Encode the image data in the iconPropertyData array. */ + iconPropertyData[index++] = width; iconPropertyData[index++] = height; for (y = 0; y < height; y++) { @@ -2187,10 +2171,10 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) { ckfree((char *) winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr); } - winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData; + winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData; winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize = size; } else { - wmPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData; + wmPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData; wmPtr->iconDataSize = size; } if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -2204,8 +2188,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconpositionCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" - * Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2218,12 +2201,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconpositionCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y; @@ -2262,7 +2245,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconwindowCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2275,12 +2258,12 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconwindowCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -2301,13 +2284,12 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint; if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { /* - * Remove the icon window relationship. In principle we - * should also re-enable button events for the window, but - * this doesn't work in general because the window manager - * is probably selecting on them (we'll get an error if - * we try to re-enable the events). So, just leave the - * icon window event-challenged; the user will have to - * recreate it if they want button events. + * Remove the icon window relationship. In principle we should + * also re-enable button events for the window, but this doesn't + * work in general because the window manager is probably + * selecting on them (we'll get an error if we try to re-enable + * the events). So, just leave the icon window event-challenged; + * the user will have to recreate it if they want button events. */ wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr; @@ -2322,14 +2304,14 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), - " as icon window: not at top level", (char *) NULL); + " as icon window: not at top level", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr; if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), - " is already an icon for ", - Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), (char *) NULL); + " is already an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), + NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { @@ -2340,10 +2322,9 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } /* - * Disable button events in the icon window: some window - * managers (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, - * but X only allows one application at a time to receive - * button events for a window. + * Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers + * (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows + * one application at a time to receive button events for a window. */ atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask @@ -2379,8 +2360,8 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmMaxsizeCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2392,12 +2373,12 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmMaxsizeCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -2437,8 +2418,8 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmMinsizeCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2450,12 +2431,12 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmMinsizeCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -2487,9 +2468,8 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmOverrideredirectCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2501,12 +2481,12 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmOverrideredirectCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int boolean, curValue; XSetWindowAttributes atts; @@ -2525,9 +2505,10 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (curValue != boolean) { /* - * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it - * causes some funky stuff to occur + * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes + * some funky stuff to occur */ + atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False; Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); @@ -2545,8 +2526,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmPositionfromCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" - * Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2559,16 +2539,16 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmPositionfromCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "program", "user", (char *) NULL }; + "program", "user", NULL }; enum options { OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; int index; @@ -2610,8 +2590,8 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmProtocolCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2623,12 +2603,12 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmProtocolCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr; @@ -2644,8 +2624,9 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window. */ + for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { + protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protPtr->protocol)); } @@ -2656,8 +2637,9 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* * Return the command to handle a given protocol. */ + for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { + protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, protPtr->command, TCL_STATIC); return TCL_OK; @@ -2667,13 +2649,12 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } /* - * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new - * one with the specified command, unless the command is - * empty. + * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the + * specified command, unless the command is empty. */ for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL; - prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { + prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { if (prevPtr == NULL) { wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; @@ -2704,7 +2685,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmResizableCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2717,12 +2698,12 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmResizableCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -2735,8 +2716,8 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2]; sprintf(buf, "%d %d", - (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1, - (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1); + (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1, + (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); return TCL_OK; } @@ -2764,8 +2745,8 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmSizefromCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2777,16 +2758,16 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmSizefromCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "program", "user", (char *) NULL }; + "program", "user", NULL }; enum options { OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; int index; @@ -2829,7 +2810,7 @@ WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmStackorderCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2842,16 +2823,16 @@ WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmStackorderCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "isabove", "isbelow", (char *) NULL }; + "isabove", "isbelow", NULL }; enum options { OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW }; int index; @@ -2883,45 +2864,47 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName, - "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\" isn't mapped", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't mapped", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName, - "\" isn't mapped", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't mapped", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } /* - * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children - * of "." and find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 - * in the stacking order. + * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and + * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order. */ windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr); if (windows == NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } else { for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { - if (*window_ptr == winPtr) + if (*window_ptr == winPtr) { index1 = (window_ptr - windows); - if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) + } + if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) { index2 = (window_ptr - windows); + } } - if (index1 == -1) + if (index1 == -1) { Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found"); - if (index2 == -1) + } + if (index2 == -1) { Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found"); + } ckfree((char *) windows); } @@ -2946,8 +2929,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmStateCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2959,16 +2942,16 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmStateCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", (char *) NULL }; + "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL }; enum options { OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN }; int index; @@ -2980,9 +2963,8 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (objc == 4) { if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), ": it is an icon for ", + Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -2996,16 +2978,13 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); } else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) { if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", - winPtr->pathName, - "\": override-redirect flag is set", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, + "\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", - winPtr->pathName, - "\": it is a transient", (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, + "\": it is a transient", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) { @@ -3044,8 +3023,8 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmTitleCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3057,12 +3036,12 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmTitleCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -3097,7 +3076,7 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmTransientCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3110,12 +3089,12 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmTransientCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr; @@ -3134,18 +3113,19 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') { if (masterPtr != NULL) { /* - * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied - * to them anymore + * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them + * anymore */ masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--; - Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, + Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr); - /* FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so - we can recreate the wrapper and get rid of the - transient window decorations. */ + /* + * FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can + * recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window + * decorations. + */ } wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL; @@ -3164,11 +3144,9 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr); if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\" a transient: it is an icon for ", - Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -3178,24 +3156,21 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\" a master: it is an icon for ", - Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (masterPtr == winPtr) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tk_PathName(winPtr), - "\" its own master", - (char *) NULL); + "\" its own master", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { /* - * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting - * the new master. The event handler will ensure that - * transient states reflect the state of the master. + * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new + * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states + * reflect the state of the master. */ if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { @@ -3207,8 +3182,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++; Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, - WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr); + StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr); wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr; } @@ -3223,7 +3197,8 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } } else { if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { - XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, + XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, + wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window); } else { XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, @@ -3239,8 +3214,8 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmWithdrawCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3252,12 +3227,12 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmWithdrawCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -3267,8 +3242,7 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN; @@ -3282,13 +3256,14 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } /* - * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. - * Schedules a geometry update. + * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry + * update. */ + static void -WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; - TkWindow *winPtr; +WmUpdateGeom( + WmInfo *wmPtr, + TkWindow *winPtr) { if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); @@ -3297,25 +3272,28 @@ WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr) } /* - * Invoked when a MapNotify or UnmapNotify event is delivered for a - * toplevel that is the master of a transient toplevel. + * Invoked when a MapNotify or UnmapNotify event is delivered for a toplevel + * that is the master of a transient toplevel. */ + static void -WmWaitMapProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */ +WmWaitMapProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr; - if (masterPtr == NULL) - return; + if (masterPtr == NULL) { + return; + } if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { - if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) - (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); + if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) { + (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); + } } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { - (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); + (void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); } } @@ -3324,34 +3302,34 @@ WmWaitMapProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * Tk_SetGrid -- * - * This procedure is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid - * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. - * It provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and - * is usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option. + * This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid + * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It + * provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is + * usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so - * that the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on - * even grid units. If some other window already controls gridding - * for the top-level window then this procedure call has no effect. + * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that + * the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid + * units. If some other window already controls gridding for the + * top-level window then this function call has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. New window mgr info - * will be posted for the top-level window +Tk_SetGrid( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will + * be posted for the top-level window * associated with this window. */ - int reqWidth; /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to - * the requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int reqHeight; /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to - * the requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int widthInc, heightInc; /* Pixel increments corresponding to a - * change of one grid unit. */ + int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the + * requested geometry for tkwin. */ + int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the + * requested geometry for tkwin. */ + int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change + * of one grid unit. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; register WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -3359,6 +3337,7 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) /* * Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0 */ + if (widthInc <= 0) { widthInc = 1; } @@ -3400,15 +3379,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) } /* - * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window - * size requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are - * in pixel units and there's no easy way to translate them to - * grid units since the new requested size of the top-level window in - * pixels may not yet have been registered yet (it may filter up - * the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers). However, if the window - * has never been mapped yet then just leave the window size alone: - * assume that it is intended to be in grid units but just happened - * to have been specified before this procedure was called. + * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size + * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel + * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the + * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have + * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle + * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just + * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid + * units but just happened to have been specified before this function was + * called. */ if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -3417,8 +3396,8 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) } /* - * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing - * all of this information to the window manager. + * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all + * of this information to the window manager. */ wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin; @@ -3439,23 +3418,22 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) * * Tk_UnsetGrid -- * - * This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call - * to Tk_SetGrid. + * This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window, - * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other - * window controls gridding then this procedure has no effect. + * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window + * controls gridding then this function has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window that is currently +Tk_UnsetGrid( + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently * controlling gridding. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -3508,24 +3486,25 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin) * * ConfigureEvent -- * - * This procedure is called to handle ConfigureNotify events on - * wrapper windows. + * This function is called to handle ConfigureNotify events on wrapper + * windows. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window - * and the toplevel itself gets repositioned within the wrapper. + * Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window and + * the toplevel itself gets repositioned within the wrapper. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XConfigureEvent *configEventPtr; /* Event that just occurred for - * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */ +ConfigureEvent( + WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */ + XConfigureEvent *configEventPtr) + /* Event that just occurred for + * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */ { TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; @@ -3533,21 +3512,21 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) Tk_ErrorHandler handler; /* - * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of - * tricky points here: + * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of tricky + * points here: * - * 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width - * and wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been - * invoked with the same information. - * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request - * coming from us (WM_SYNC_PENDING is set), then don't set wmPtr->width - * or wmPtr->height if they were previously -1 (otherwise the - * window will stop tracking geometry manager requests). + * 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width and + * wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been invoked + * with the same information. + * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming + * from us (WM_SYNC_PENDING is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or + * wmPtr->height if they were previously -1 (otherwise the window will + * stop tracking geometry manager requests). */ if (((wrapperPtr->changes.width != configEventPtr->width) || (wrapperPtr->changes.height != configEventPtr->height)) - && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)){ + && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) { if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { printf("TopLevelEventProc: user changed %s size to %dx%d\n", winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->width, @@ -3556,17 +3535,17 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (configEventPtr->width == winPtr->reqWidth)) { /* - * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it - * from what the widgets asked for. + * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it from + * what the widgets asked for. */ } else { /* * Note: if this window is embedded then don't set the external * size, since it came from the containing application, not the - * user. In this case we want to keep sending our size requests - * to the containing application; if the user fixes the size - * of that application then it will still percolate down to us - * in the right way. + * user. In this case we want to keep sending our size requests to + * the containing application; if the user fixes the size of that + * application then it will still percolate down to us in the + * right way. */ if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { @@ -3586,13 +3565,13 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) && (configEventPtr->height == (winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight))) { /* - * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it - * from what the widgets asked for. + * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it from + * what the widgets asked for. */ } else { /* - * See note for wmPtr->width about not setting external size - * for embedded windows. + * See note for wmPtr->width about not setting external size for + * embedded windows. */ if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { @@ -3606,7 +3585,7 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) } else { wmPtr->height = configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight; } - } + } } wmPtr->configWidth = configEventPtr->width; wmPtr->configHeight = configEventPtr->height; @@ -3627,19 +3606,17 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) wrapperPtr->changes.stack_mode = Above; /* - * Reparenting window managers make life difficult. If the - * window manager reparents a top-level window then the x and y - * information that comes in events for the window is wrong: - * it gives the location of the window inside its decorative - * parent, rather than the location of the window in root - * coordinates, which is what we want. Window managers - * are supposed to send synthetic events with the correct - * information, but ICCCM doesn't require them to do this - * under all conditions, and the information provided doesn't - * include everything we need here. So, the code below - * maintains a bunch of information about the parent window. - * If the window hasn't been reparented, we pretend that - * there is a parent shrink-wrapped around the window. + * Reparenting window managers make life difficult. If the window manager + * reparents a top-level window then the x and y information that comes in + * events for the window is wrong: it gives the location of the window + * inside its decorative parent, rather than the location of the window in + * root coordinates, which is what we want. Window managers are supposed + * to send synthetic events with the correct information, but ICCCM + * doesn't require them to do this under all conditions, and the + * information provided doesn't include everything we need here. So, the + * code below maintains a bunch of information about the parent window. + * If the window hasn't been reparented, we pretend that there is a parent + * shrink-wrapped around the window. */ if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { @@ -3665,11 +3642,11 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) /* * Make sure that the toplevel and menubar are properly positioned within - * the wrapper. If the menuHeight happens to be zero, we'll get a - * BadValue X error that we want to ignore [Bug: 3377] + * the wrapper. If the menuHeight happens to be zero, we'll get a BadValue + * X error that we want to ignore [Bug: 3377] */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, 0, wmPtr->menuHeight, (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width, (unsigned) (wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight)); @@ -3683,9 +3660,9 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) /* * Update the coordinates in the toplevel (they should refer to the - * position in root window coordinates, not the coordinates of the - * wrapper window). Then synthesize a ConfigureNotify event to tell - * the application about the change. + * position in root window coordinates, not the coordinates of the wrapper + * window). Then synthesize a ConfigureNotify event to tell the + * application about the change. */ winPtr->changes.x = wrapperPtr->changes.x; @@ -3700,8 +3677,8 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) * * ReparentEvent -- * - * This procedure is called to handle ReparentNotify events on - * wrapper windows. + * This function is called to handle ReparentNotify events on wrapper + * windows. * * Results: * None. @@ -3713,10 +3690,11 @@ ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, configEventPtr) */ static void -ReparentEvent(wmPtr, reparentEventPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XReparentEvent *reparentEventPtr; /* Event that just occurred for - * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */ +ReparentEvent( + WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */ + XReparentEvent *reparentEventPtr) + /* Event that just occurred for + * wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */ { TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; Window vRoot, ancestor, *children, dummy2, *virtualRootPtr; @@ -3728,17 +3706,16 @@ ReparentEvent(wmPtr, reparentEventPtr) TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr; /* - * Identify the root window for wrapperPtr. This is tricky because of - * virtual root window managers like tvtwm. If the window has a - * property named __SWM_ROOT or __WM_ROOT then this property gives - * the id for a virtual root window that should be used instead of - * the root window of the screen. + * Identify the root window for wrapperPtr. This is tricky because of + * virtual root window managers like tvtwm. If the window has a property + * named __SWM_ROOT or __WM_ROOT then this property gives the id for a + * virtual root window that should be used instead of the root window of + * the screen. */ vRoot = RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum); wmPtr->vRoot = None; - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); if (((XGetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__WM_ROOT"), 0, (long) 1, False, XA_WINDOW, &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, @@ -3773,12 +3750,12 @@ ReparentEvent(wmPtr, reparentEventPtr) UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); /* - * If the window's new parent is the root window, then mark it as - * no longer reparented. + * If the window's new parent is the root window, then mark it as no + * longer reparented. */ if (reparentEventPtr->parent == vRoot) { - noReparent: + noReparent: wmPtr->reparent = None; wmPtr->parentWidth = wrapperPtr->changes.width; wmPtr->parentHeight = wrapperPtr->changes.height; @@ -3791,17 +3768,15 @@ ReparentEvent(wmPtr, reparentEventPtr) } /* - * Search up the window hierarchy to find the ancestor of this - * window that is just below the (virtual) root. This is tricky - * because it's possible that things have changed since the event - * was generated so that the ancestry indicated by the event no - * longer exists. If this happens then an error will occur and - * we just discard the event (there will be a more up-to-date - * ReparentNotify event coming later). + * Search up the window hierarchy to find the ancestor of this window that + * is just below the (virtual) root. This is tricky because it's possible + * that things have changed since the event was generated so that the + * ancestry indicated by the event no longer exists. If this happens then + * an error will occur and we just discard the event (there will be a more + * up-to-date ReparentNotify event coming later). */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); wmPtr->reparent = reparentEventPtr->parent; while (1) { if (XQueryTree(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent, &dummy2, @@ -3829,28 +3804,26 @@ ReparentEvent(wmPtr, reparentEventPtr) * * ComputeReparentGeometry -- * - * This procedure is invoked to recompute geometry information - * related to a reparented top-level window, such as the position - * and total size of the parent and the position within it of - * the top-level window. + * This function is invoked to recompute geometry information related to + * a reparented top-level window, such as the position and total size of + * the parent and the position within it of the top-level window. * * Results: - * The return value is 1 if everything completed successfully - * and 0 if an error occurred while querying information about - * winPtr's parents. In this case winPtr is marked as no longer - * being reparented. + * The return value is 1 if everything completed successfully and 0 if an + * error occurred while querying information about winPtr's parents. In + * this case winPtr is marked as no longer being reparented. * * Side effects: - * Geometry information in wmPtr, wmPtr->winPtr, and - * wmPtr->wrapperPtr gets updated. + * Geometry information in wmPtr, wmPtr->winPtr, and wmPtr->wrapperPtr + * gets updated. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int -ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Information about toplevel window - * whose reparent info is to be recomputed. */ +ComputeReparentGeometry( + WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about toplevel window whose + * reparent info is to be recomputed. */ { TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr; int width, height, bd; @@ -3861,8 +3834,7 @@ ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr) Tk_ErrorHandler handler; TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr; - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL); (void) XTranslateCoordinates(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, wmPtr->reparent, 0, 0, &xOffset, &yOffset, &dummy2); status = XGetGeometry(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent, @@ -3871,10 +3843,10 @@ ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr) Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); if (status == 0) { /* - * It appears that the reparented parent went away and - * no-one told us. Reset the window to indicate that - * it's not reparented. + * It appears that the reparented parent went away and no-one told us. + * Reset the window to indicate that it's not reparented. */ + wmPtr->reparent = None; wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0; return 0; @@ -3887,28 +3859,27 @@ ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr) /* * Some tricky issues in updating wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y: * - * 1. Don't update them if the event occurred because of something - * we did (i.e. WM_SYNC_PENDING and WM_MOVE_PENDING are both set). - * This is because window managers treat coords differently than Tk, - * and no two window managers are alike. If the window manager moved - * the window because we told it to, remember the coordinates we told - * it, not the ones it actually moved it to. This allows us to move - * the window back to the same coordinates later and get the same - * result. Without this check, windows can "walk" across the screen - * under some conditions. + * 1. Don't update them if the event occurred because of something we did + * (i.e. WM_SYNC_PENDING and WM_MOVE_PENDING are both set). This is + * because window managers treat coords differently than Tk, and no two + * window managers are alike. If the window manager moved the window + * because we told it to, remember the coordinates we told it, not the + * ones it actually moved it to. This allows us to move the window back to + * the same coordinates later and get the same result. Without this check, + * windows can "walk" across the screen under some conditions. * - * 2. Don't update wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y unless wrapperPtr->changes.x - * or wrapperPtr->changes.y has changed (otherwise a size change can - * spoof us into thinking that the position changed too and defeat - * the intent of (1) above. + * 2. Don't update wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y unless wrapperPtr->changes.x or + * wrapperPtr->changes.y has changed (otherwise a size change can spoof us + * into thinking that the position changed too and defeat the intent of + * (1) above. * - * (As of 9/96 the above 2 comments appear to be stale. They're - * being left in place as a reminder of what was once true (and - * perhaps should still be true?)). + * (As of 9/96 the above 2 comments appear to be stale. They're being left + * in place as a reminder of what was once true (and perhaps should still + * be true?)). * - * 3. Ignore size changes coming from the window system if we're - * about to change the size ourselves but haven't seen the event for - * it yet: our size change is supposed to take priority. + * 3. Ignore size changes coming from the window system if we're about to + * change the size ourselves but haven't seen the event for it yet: our + * size change is supposed to take priority. */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) @@ -3940,23 +3911,23 @@ ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr) * * WrapperEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the event loop when a wrapper window - * is restructured. + * This function is invoked by the event loop when a wrapper window is + * restructured. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to - * reflect the structural change. + * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect + * the structural change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -WrapperEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about toplevel window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Event that just happened. */ +WrapperEventProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Information about toplevel window. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) clientData; XEvent mapEvent; @@ -3969,14 +3940,14 @@ WrapperEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) if (!(wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) { /* * A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window - * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as - * best we can. The error handler is needed because + * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as + * best we can. The error handler is needed because * Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course * it's already gone. */ handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wmPtr->winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + NULL, NULL); Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); } @@ -3985,13 +3956,12 @@ WrapperEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { /* - * Ignore the event if the window has never been mapped yet. - * Such an event occurs only in weird cases like changing the - * internal border width of a top-level window, which results - * in a synthetic Configure event. These events are not relevant - * to us, and if we process them confusion may result (e.g. we - * may conclude erroneously that the user repositioned or resized - * the window). + * Ignore the event if the window has never been mapped yet. Such an + * event occurs only in weird cases like changing the internal border + * width of a top-level window, which results in a synthetic Configure + * event. These events are not relevant to us, and if we process them + * confusion may result (e.g. we may conclude erroneously that the + * user repositioned or resized the window). */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -4012,7 +3982,7 @@ WrapperEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) } return; - doMapEvent: + doMapEvent: mapEvent = *eventPtr; mapEvent.xmap.event = wmPtr->winPtr->window; mapEvent.xmap.window = wmPtr->winPtr->window; @@ -4024,24 +3994,24 @@ WrapperEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * TopLevelReqProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever - * the requested size for a top-level window is changed. + * This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the + * requested size for a top-level window is changed. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request - * (this happens as a when-idle action). + * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this + * happens as a when-idle action). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* ARGSUSED */ static void -TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin) - ClientData dummy; /* Not used. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Information about window. */ +TopLevelReqProc( + ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -4050,16 +4020,15 @@ TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin) if ((wmPtr->width >= 0) && (wmPtr->height >= 0)) { /* - * Explicit dimensions have been set for this window, so we - * should ignore the geometry request. It's actually important - * to ignore the geometry request because, due to quirks in - * window managers, invoking UpdateGeometryInfo may cause the - * window to move. For example, if "wm geometry -10-20" was - * invoked, the window may be positioned incorrectly the first - * time it appears (because we didn't know the proper width of - * the window manager borders); if we invoke UpdateGeometryInfo - * again, the window will be positioned correctly, which may - * cause it to jump on the screen. + * Explicit dimensions have been set for this window, so we should + * ignore the geometry request. It's actually important to ignore the + * geometry request because, due to quirks in window managers, + * invoking UpdateGeometryInfo may cause the window to move. For + * example, if "wm geometry -10-20" was invoked, the window may be + * positioned incorrectly the first time it appears (because we didn't + * know the proper width of the window manager borders); if we invoke + * UpdateGeometryInfo again, the window will be positioned correctly, + * which may cause it to jump on the screen. */ return; @@ -4072,8 +4041,8 @@ TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin) } /* - * If the window isn't being positioned by its upper left corner - * then we have to move it as well. + * If the window isn't being positioned by its upper left corner then we + * have to move it as well. */ if (wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y)) { @@ -4086,26 +4055,25 @@ TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin) * * UpdateGeometryInfo -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first - * mapped, and also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the - * geometry and/or position of a top-level window back into - * line with what has been requested by the user and/or widgets. - * This procedure doesn't return until the window manager has - * responded to the geometry change. + * This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and + * also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of + * a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the + * user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the window + * manager has responded to the geometry change. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The size and location of both the toplevel window and its wrapper - * may change, unless the WM prevents that from happening. + * The size and location of both the toplevel window and its wrapper may + * change, unless the WM prevents that from happening. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to the window's record. */ +UpdateGeometryInfo( + ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */ { register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -4115,15 +4083,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING; /* - * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the - * user documentation for details on this, but the size - * requested depends on (a) the size requested internally - * by the window's widgets, (b) the size requested by the - * user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based interactive - * resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is - * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for - * the toplevel. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this - * upsets the X server. + * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user + * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on + * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size + * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based + * interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is + * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't + * permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server. */ if (wmPtr->width == -1) { @@ -4137,9 +4103,11 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) if (width <= 0) { width = 1; } + /* * Account for window max/min width */ + if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { min = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; @@ -4170,9 +4138,11 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) if (height <= 0) { height = 1; } + /* * Account for window max/min height */ + if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { min = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; @@ -4194,30 +4164,30 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) /* * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's - * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the - * border widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, - * but can't use the parent's current overall size since that may - * change as a result of this code. + * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border + * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't + * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result + * of this code. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x - (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width)); } else { - x = wmPtr->x; + x = wmPtr->x; } if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y - (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height)); } else { - y = wmPtr->y; + y = wmPtr->y; } /* - * If the window's size is going to change and the window is - * supposed to not be resizable by the user, then we have to - * update the size hints. There may also be a size-hint-update - * request pending from somewhere else, too. + * If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to + * not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints. + * There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere + * else, too. */ if (((width != winPtr->changes.width) @@ -4231,35 +4201,34 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) } /* - * Reconfigure the wrapper if it isn't already configured correctly. - * A few tricky points: + * Reconfigure the wrapper if it isn't already configured correctly. A few + * tricky points: * - * 1. If the window is embeddedand the container is also in this - * process, don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the - * desired size on to the container. Also, zero out any position - * information, since embedded windows are not allowed to move. - * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size - * than we asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so - * base the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we - * got. + * 1. If the window is embeddedand the container is also in this process, + * don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on + * to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since + * embedded windows are not allowed to move. + * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we + * asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the + * size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got. * 3. Can't just reconfigure always, because we may not get a * ConfigureNotify event back if nothing changed, so * WaitForConfigureNotify will hang a long time. - * 4. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for - * it. This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. - * twm, as of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates - * according to ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may - * cause it to shift position on the screen. + * 4. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for it. + * This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. twm, as + * of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates according to + * ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may cause it to shift + * position on the screen. */ if ((winPtr->flags & (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES)) == (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { /* - * This window is embedded and the container is also in this - * process, so we don't need to do anything special about the - * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known - * by the container. Also, zero out any position information, - * since embedded windows are not allowed to move. + * This window is embedded and the container is also in this process, + * so we don't need to do anything special about the geometry, except + * to make sure that the desired size is known by the container. Also, + * zero out any position information, since embedded windows are not + * allowed to move. */ wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0; @@ -4277,9 +4246,9 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) && (width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width) && (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) { /* - * The window already has the correct geometry, so don't bother - * to configure it; the X server appears to ignore these - * requests, so we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the + * The window already has the correct geometry, so don't bother to + * configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so + * we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the * WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while. */ @@ -4289,8 +4258,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) wmPtr->configWidth = width; wmPtr->configHeight = height; if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { - printf("UpdateGeometryInfo moving to %d %d, resizing to %d x %d,\n", - x, y, width, height); + printf("UpdateGeometryInfo moving to %d %d, resizing to %dx%d,\n", + x, y, width, height); } XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); @@ -4299,9 +4268,9 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) if ((width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width) && (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) { /* - * The window is already just the size we want, so don't bother - * to configure it; the X server appears to ignore these - * requests, so we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the + * The window is already just the size we want, so don't bother to + * configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so + * we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the * WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while. */ @@ -4319,8 +4288,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) && ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width) || (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) { /* - * It is possible that the window's overall size has not changed - * but the menu size has. + * It is possible that the window's overall size has not changed but + * the menu size has. */ Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0, @@ -4332,9 +4301,9 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) } /* - * Wait for the configure operation to complete. Don't need to do - * this, however, if the window is about to be mapped: it will be - * taken care of elsewhere. + * Wait for the configure operation to complete. Don't need to do this, + * however, if the window is about to be mapped: it will be taken care of + * elsewhere. */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP)) { @@ -4347,9 +4316,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) * * UpdateSizeHints -- * - * This procedure is called to update the window manager's - * size hints information from the information in a WmInfo - * structure. + * This function is called to update the window manager's size hints + * information from the information in a WmInfo structure. * * Results: * None. @@ -4361,10 +4329,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) */ static void -UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, newWidth, newHeight) - TkWindow *winPtr; - int newWidth; - int newHeight; +UpdateSizeHints( + TkWindow *winPtr, + int newWidth, + int newHeight) { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; XSizeHints *hintsPtr; @@ -4378,9 +4346,8 @@ UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, newWidth, newHeight) } /* - * Compute the pixel-based sizes for the various fields in the - * size hints structure, based on the grid-based sizes in - * our structure. + * Compute the pixel-based sizes for the various fields in the size hints + * structure, based on the grid-based sizes in our structure. */ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &maxWidth, &maxHeight); @@ -4421,18 +4388,18 @@ UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, newWidth, newHeight) hintsPtr->flags = wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags | PMinSize; /* - * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the - * minimum and maximum dimensions to be the same. + * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and + * maximum dimensions to be the same. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) { hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->min_width = newWidth; - hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize; + hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize; } if (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) { hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->min_height = - newHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight; - hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize; + newHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight; + hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize; } XSetWMNormalHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, hintsPtr); @@ -4445,27 +4412,26 @@ UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, newWidth, newHeight) * * UpdateTitle -- * - * This procedure is called to update the window title and - * icon name. It sets the ICCCM-defined properties WM_NAME - * and WM_ICON_NAME for older window managers, and the - * freedesktop.org-defined _NET_WM_NAME and _NET_WM_ICON_NAME - * properties for newer ones. The ICCCM properties are - * stored in the system encoding, the newer properties - * are stored in UTF-8. + * This function is called to update the window title and icon name. It + * sets the ICCCM-defined properties WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME for older + * window managers, and the freedesktop.org-defined _NET_WM_NAME and + * _NET_WM_ICON_NAME properties for newer ones. The ICCCM properties are + * stored in the system encoding, the newer properties are stored in + * UTF-8. * - * NOTE: the ICCCM specifies that WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME are - * stored in ISO-Latin-1. Tk has historically used the default - * system encoding (since 8.1). It's not clear whether this is - * correct or not. + * NOTE: the ICCCM specifies that WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME are stored in + * ISO-Latin-1. Tk has historically used the default system encoding + * (since 8.1). It's not clear whether this is correct or not. * * Side effects: * Properties get changed for winPtr. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static void -UpdateTitle(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +UpdateTitle( + TkWindow *winPtr) { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Atom XA_UTF8_STRING = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "UTF8_STRING"); @@ -4475,6 +4441,7 @@ UpdateTitle(winPtr) /* * Set window title: */ + string = (wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid; Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, string, -1, &ds); XStoreName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, @@ -4483,12 +4450,13 @@ UpdateTitle(winPtr) XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_NAME"), - XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace, + XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace, (const unsigned char*)string, (signed int)strlen(string)); /* * Set icon name: */ + if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) { Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->iconName, -1, &ds); XSetIconName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, @@ -4508,17 +4476,18 @@ UpdateTitle(winPtr) * * UpdatePhotoIcon -- * - * This procedure is called to update the window ohoto icon. - * It sets the EWMH-defined properties _NET_WM_ICON. + * This function is called to update the window photo icon. It sets the + * EWMH-defined properties _NET_WM_ICON. * * Side effects: * Properties get changed for winPtr. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static void -UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +UpdatePhotoIcon( + TkWindow *winPtr) { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; unsigned char *data = wmPtr->iconDataPtr; @@ -4532,6 +4501,7 @@ UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr) /* * Set icon: */ + XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON"), XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace, @@ -4544,48 +4514,47 @@ UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr) * * WaitForConfigureNotify -- * - * This procedure is invoked in order to synchronize with the - * window manager. It waits for a ConfigureNotify event to - * arrive, signalling that the window manager has seen an attempt - * on our part to move or resize a top-level window. + * This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window + * manager. It waits for a ConfigureNotify event to arrive, signalling + * that the window manager has seen an attempt on our part to move or + * resize a top-level window. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * Delays the execution of the process until a ConfigureNotify event - * arrives with serial number at least as great as serial. This - * is useful for two reasons: + * arrives with serial number at least as great as serial. This is useful + * for two reasons: * * 1. It's important to distinguish ConfigureNotify events that are * coming in response to a request we've made from those generated - * spontaneously by the user. The reason for this is that if the - * user resizes the window we take that as an order to ignore - * geometry requests coming from inside the window hierarchy. If - * we accidentally interpret a response to our request as a - * user-initiated action, the window will stop responding to - * new geometry requests. To make this distinction, (a) this - * procedure sets a flag for TopLevelEventProc to indicate that - * we're waiting to sync with the wm, and (b) all changes to - * the size of a top-level window are followed by calls to this - * procedure. - * 2. Races and confusion can come about if there are multiple - * operations outstanding at a time (e.g. two different resizes - * of the top-level window: it's hard to tell which of the - * ConfigureNotify events coming back is for which request). + * spontaneously by the user. The reason for this is that if the user + * resizes the window we take that as an order to ignore geometry + * requests coming from inside the window hierarchy. If we + * accidentally interpret a response to our request as a + * user-initiated action, the window will stop responding to new + * geometry requests. To make this distinction, (a) this function sets + * a flag for TopLevelEventProc to indicate that we're waiting to sync + * with the wm, and (b) all changes to the size of a top-level window + * are followed by calls to this function. + * 2. Races and confusion can come about if there are multiple operations + * outstanding at a time (e.g. two different resizes of the top-level + * window: it's hard to tell which of the ConfigureNotify events + * coming back is for which request). * While waiting, some events covered by StructureNotifyMask are - * processed (ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, and UnmapNotify) - * and all others are deferred. + * processed (ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, and UnmapNotify) and all others + * are deferred. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -WaitForConfigureNotify(winPtr, serial) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window for which we want - * to see a ConfigureNotify. */ - unsigned long serial; /* Serial number of resize request. Want to - * be sure wm has seen this. */ +WaitForConfigureNotify( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Top-level window for which we want to see a + * ConfigureNotify. */ + unsigned long serial) /* Serial number of resize request. Want to be + * sure wm has seen this. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; XEvent event; @@ -4593,11 +4562,10 @@ WaitForConfigureNotify(winPtr, serial) int gotConfig = 0; /* - * One more tricky detail about this procedure. In some cases the - * window manager will decide to ignore a configure request (e.g. - * because it thinks the window is already in the right place). - * To avoid hanging in this situation, only wait for a few seconds, - * then give up. + * One more tricky detail about this function. In some cases the window + * manager will decide to ignore a configure request (e.g. because it + * thinks the window is already in the right place). To avoid hanging in + * this situation, only wait for a few seconds, then give up. */ while (!gotConfig) { @@ -4628,32 +4596,31 @@ WaitForConfigureNotify(winPtr, serial) * * WaitForEvent -- * - * This procedure is used by WaitForConfigureNotify and - * WaitForMapNotify to wait for an event of a certain type - * to arrive. + * This function is used by WaitForConfigureNotify and WaitForMapNotify + * to wait for an event of a certain type to arrive. * * Results: - * Under normal conditions, TCL_OK is returned and an event for - * display and window that matches "mask" is stored in *eventPtr. - * This event has already been processed by Tk before this procedure - * returns. If a long time goes by with no event of the right type - * arriving, or if an error occurs while waiting for the event to - * arrive, then TCL_ERROR is returned. + * Under normal conditions, TCL_OK is returned and an event for display + * and window that matches "mask" is stored in *eventPtr. This event has + * already been processed by Tk before this function returns. If a long + * time goes by with no event of the right type arriving, or if an error + * occurs while waiting for the event to arrive, then TCL_ERROR is + * returned. * * Side effects: * While waiting for the desired event to occur, Configurenotify, - * MapNotify, and UnmapNotify events for window are processed, - * as are all ReparentNotify events. + * MapNotify, and UnmapNotify events for window are processed, as are all + * ReparentNotify events. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int -WaitForEvent(display, wmInfoPtr, type, eventPtr) - Display *display; /* Display event is coming from. */ - WmInfo *wmInfoPtr; /* Window for which event is desired. */ - int type; /* Type of event that is wanted. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Place to store event. */ +WaitForEvent( + Display *display, /* Display event is coming from. */ + WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, /* Window for which event is desired. */ + int type, /* Type of event that is wanted. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Place to store event. */ { WaitRestrictInfo info; Tk_RestrictProc *oldRestrictProc; @@ -4661,9 +4628,9 @@ WaitForEvent(display, wmInfoPtr, type, eventPtr) Tcl_Time timeout; /* - * Set up an event filter to select just the events we want, and - * a timer handler, then wait for events until we get the event - * we want or a timeout happens. + * Set up an event filter to select just the events we want, and a timer + * handler, then wait for events until we get the event we want or a + * timeout happens. */ info.display = display; @@ -4695,26 +4662,26 @@ WaitForEvent(display, wmInfoPtr, type, eventPtr) * * WaitRestrictProc -- * - * This procedure is a Tk_RestrictProc that is used to filter - * events while WaitForEvent is active. + * This function is a Tk_RestrictProc that is used to filter events while + * WaitForEvent is active. * * Results: - * Returns TK_PROCESS_EVENT if the right event is found. Also - * returns TK_PROCESS_EVENT if any ReparentNotify event is found - * or if the event is a ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, or UnmapNotify - * for window. Otherwise returns TK_DEFER_EVENT. + * Returns TK_PROCESS_EVENT if the right event is found. Also returns + * TK_PROCESS_EVENT if any ReparentNotify event is found or if the event + * is a ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, or UnmapNotify for window. Otherwise + * returns TK_DEFER_EVENT. * * Side effects: - * An event may get stored in the area indicated by the caller - * of WaitForEvent. + * An event may get stored in the area indicated by the caller of + * WaitForEvent. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tk_RestrictAction -WaitRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Event that is about to be handled. */ +WaitRestrictProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that is about to be handled. */ { WaitRestrictInfo *infoPtr = (WaitRestrictInfo *) clientData; @@ -4731,9 +4698,8 @@ WaitRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) infoPtr->foundEvent = 1; return TK_PROCESS_EVENT; } - if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify - || eventPtr->type == MapNotify - || eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { + if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify || eventPtr->type == MapNotify + || eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { return TK_PROCESS_EVENT; } return TK_DEFER_EVENT; @@ -4744,32 +4710,31 @@ WaitRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * WaitForMapNotify -- * - * This procedure is invoked in order to synchronize with the - * window manager. It waits for the window's mapped state to - * reach the value given by mapped. + * This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window + * manager. It waits for the window's mapped state to reach the value + * given by mapped. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Delays the execution of the process until winPtr becomes mapped - * or unmapped, depending on the "mapped" argument. This allows us - * to synchronize with the window manager, and allows us to - * identify changes in window size that come about when the window - * manager first starts managing the window (as opposed to those - * requested interactively by the user later). See the comments - * for WaitForConfigureNotify and WM_SYNC_PENDING. While waiting, - * some events covered by StructureNotifyMask are processed and all - * others are deferred. + * Delays the execution of the process until winPtr becomes mapped or + * unmapped, depending on the "mapped" argument. This allows us to + * synchronize with the window manager, and allows us to identify changes + * in window size that come about when the window manager first starts + * managing the window (as opposed to those requested interactively by + * the user later). See the comments for WaitForConfigureNotify and + * WM_SYNC_PENDING. While waiting, some events covered by + * StructureNotifyMask are processed and all others are deferred. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, mapped) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window for which we want - * to see a particular mapping state. */ - int mapped; /* If non-zero, wait for window to become +WaitForMapNotify( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Top-level window for which we want to see a + * particular mapping state. */ + int mapped) /* If non-zero, wait for window to become * mapped, otherwise wait for it to become * unmapped. */ { @@ -4791,10 +4756,9 @@ WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, mapped) wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; if (code != TCL_OK) { /* - * There are some bizarre situations in which the window - * manager can't respond or chooses not to (e.g. if we've - * got a grab set it can't respond). If this happens then - * just quit. + * There are some bizarre situations in which the window manager + * can't respond or chooses not to (e.g. if we've got a grab set + * it can't respond). If this happens then just quit. */ if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) { @@ -4815,9 +4779,8 @@ WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, mapped) * * UpdateHints -- * - * This procedure is called to update the window manager's - * hints information from the information in a WmInfo - * structure. + * This function is called to update the window manager's hints + * information from the information in a WmInfo structure. * * Results: * None. @@ -4829,8 +4792,8 @@ WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, mapped) */ static void -UpdateHints(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +UpdateHints( + TkWindow *winPtr) { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -4845,13 +4808,12 @@ UpdateHints(winPtr) * * ParseGeometry -- * - * This procedure parses a geometry string and updates - * information used to control the geometry of a top-level - * window. + * This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to + * control the geometry of a top-level window. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in - * the interp's result if an error occurs. + * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's + * result if an error occurs. * * Side effects: * The size and/or location of winPtr may change. @@ -4860,12 +4822,12 @@ UpdateHints(winPtr) */ static int -ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ - char *string; /* String containing new geometry. Has the +ParseGeometry( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ + char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to top-level window whose - * geometry is to be changed. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry + * is to be changed. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y, width, height, flags; @@ -4881,9 +4843,9 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } /* - * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't - * actually update any of the fields of wmPtr until we've - * successfully parsed the entire geometry string. + * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update + * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire + * geometry string. */ width = wmPtr->width; @@ -4937,10 +4899,10 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } /* - * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, - * unless an explicit source has been specified. Otherwise - * most window managers assume that the size hints were - * program-specified and they ignore them. + * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an + * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers + * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore + * them. */ if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) { @@ -4950,9 +4912,9 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } /* - * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and - * arrange for the appropriate information to be percolated out - * to the window manager at the next idle moment. + * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for + * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager + * at the next idle moment. */ wmPtr->width = width; @@ -4968,9 +4930,8 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } return TCL_OK; - error: - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", - string, "\"", (char *) NULL); + error: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -4979,15 +4940,15 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) * * Tk_GetRootCoords -- * - * Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the - * window's lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates - * corresponding to point (0,0) in the window. + * Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's + * lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to + * point (0,0) in the window. * * Results: - * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with - * the root coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual - * root window is in effect for the window, then the coordinates - * in the virtual root are returned. + * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root + * coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual root window is + * in effect for the window, then the coordinates in the virtual root are + * returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -4996,18 +4957,17 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) */ void -Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. */ - int *xPtr; /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */ - int *yPtr; /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */ +Tk_GetRootCoords( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */ + int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */ + int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */ { int x, y; register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; /* - * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a - * top-level window, combining the offsets of each window within - * its parent. + * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level + * window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent. */ x = y = 0; @@ -5017,10 +4977,9 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) if ((winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menubar == (Tk_Window) winPtr)) { /* - * This window is a special menubar; switch over to its - * associated toplevel, compensate for their differences in - * y coordinates, then continue with the toplevel (in case - * it's embedded). + * This window is a special menubar; switch over to its associated + * toplevel, compensate for their differences in y coordinates, + * then continue with the toplevel (in case it's embedded). */ y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuHeight; @@ -5036,8 +4995,8 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); if (otherPtr == NULL) { /* - * The container window is not in the same application. - * Query the X server. + * The container window is not in the same application. Query + * the X server. */ Window root, dummyChild; @@ -5048,14 +5007,14 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) root = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window)winPtr)); } XTranslateCoordinates(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, - root, 0, 0, &rootX, &rootY, &dummyChild); + root, 0, 0, &rootX, &rootY, &dummyChild); x += rootX; y += rootY; break; } else { /* - * The container window is in the same application. - * Let's query its coordinates. + * The container window is in the same application. Let's + * query its coordinates. */ winPtr = otherPtr; @@ -5076,13 +5035,13 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) * * Tk_CoordsToWindow -- * - * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this procedure - * returns the token for the top-most window covering that point, - * if there exists such a window in this application. + * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns + * the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists + * such a window in this application. * * Results: - * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding - * to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such + * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to + * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such * window. * * Side effects: @@ -5092,13 +5051,13 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) */ Tk_Window -Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) - int rootX, rootY; /* Coordinates of point in root window. If - * a virtual-root window manager is in use, +Tk_CoordsToWindow( + int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a + * virtual-root window manager is in use, * these coordinates refer to the virtual * root, not the real root. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for any window in application; - * used to identify the display. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used + * to identify the display. */ { Window window, parent, child; int x, y, childX, childY, tmpx, tmpy, bd; @@ -5108,16 +5067,16 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) Tk_ErrorHandler handler = NULL; /* - * Step 1: scan the list of toplevel windows to see if there is a - * virtual root for the screen we're interested in. If so, we have - * to translate the coordinates from virtual root to root - * coordinates. + * Step 1: scan the list of toplevel windows to see if there is a virtual + * root for the screen we're interested in. If so, we have to translate + * the coordinates from virtual root to root coordinates. */ parent = window = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)); x = rootX; y = rootY; - for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { + for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; + wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { if (Tk_Screen(wmPtr->winPtr) != Tk_Screen(tkwin)) { continue; } @@ -5130,29 +5089,28 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) } /* - * Step 2: work down through the window hierarchy starting at the - * root. For each window, find the child that contains the given - * point and then see if this child is either a wrapper for one of - * our toplevel windows or a window manager decoration window for - * one of our toplevels. This approach handles several tricky - * cases: + * Step 2: work down through the window hierarchy starting at the root. + * For each window, find the child that contains the given point and then + * see if this child is either a wrapper for one of our toplevel windows + * or a window manager decoration window for one of our toplevels. This + * approach handles several tricky cases: * - * 1. There may be a virtual root window between the root and one of - * our toplevels. + * 1. There may be a virtual root window between the root and one of our + * toplevels. * 2. If a toplevel is embedded, we may have to search through the - * windows of the container application(s) before getting to - * the toplevel. + * windows of the container application(s) before getting to the + * toplevel. */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); while (1) { if (XTranslateCoordinates(Tk_Display(tkwin), parent, window, x, y, &childX, &childY, &child) == False) { /* - * We can end up here when the window is in the middle of - * being deleted + * We can end up here when the window is in the middle of being + * deleted */ + Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); return NULL; } @@ -5161,7 +5119,7 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) return NULL; } for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; - wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { + wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { if (wmPtr->reparent == child) { goto gotToplevel; } @@ -5179,12 +5137,13 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) window = child; } - gotToplevel: + gotToplevel: if (handler) { /* - * Check value of handler, because we can reach this label - * from above or below + * Check value of handler, because we can reach this label from above + * or below */ + Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); handler = NULL; } @@ -5196,10 +5155,9 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) /* * Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that * contains the given coordinates, and childX and childY give the - * translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now - * decide whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual - * toplevel, and translate the coordinates into the coordinate - * system of that window. + * translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now decide + * whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual toplevel, and + * translate the coordinates into the coordinate system of that window. */ x = childX - winPtr->changes.x; @@ -5220,17 +5178,18 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) } /* - * Step 4: work down through the hierarchy underneath the current - * window. At each level, scan through all the children to find the - * highest one in the stacking order that contains the point. Then - * repeat the whole process on that child. + * Step 4: work down through the hierarchy underneath the current window. + * At each level, scan through all the children to find the highest one in + * the stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat the whole + * process on that child. */ while (1) { nextPtr = NULL; for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { - if (!Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) || (childPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { + if (!Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) + || (childPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { continue; } if (childPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) { @@ -5255,9 +5214,9 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) && (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { /* * The window containing the point is a container, and the - * embedded application is in this same process. Switch - * over to the toplevel for the embedded application and - * start processing that toplevel from scratch. + * embedded application is in this same process. Switch over to + * the toplevel for the embedded application and start processing + * that toplevel from scratch. */ winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); @@ -5275,24 +5234,23 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) * * UpdateVRootGeometry -- * - * This procedure is called to update all the virtual root - * geometry information in wmPtr. + * This function is called to update all the virtual root geometry + * information in wmPtr. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in - * wmPtr are filled with the most up-to-date information. + * The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in wmPtr are + * filled with the most up-to-date information. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information to be - * updated. The wmPtr->vRoot field must - * be valid. */ +UpdateVRootGeometry( + WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be updated. + * The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; int bd; @@ -5308,7 +5266,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr) wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE; if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) { - noVRoot: + noVRoot: wmPtr->vRootX = wmPtr->vRootY = 0; wmPtr->vRootWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); wmPtr->vRootHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); @@ -5319,8 +5277,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr) * Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date. */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot, &dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY, (unsigned int *) &wmPtr->vRootWidth, @@ -5334,7 +5291,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr) Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); if (status == 0) { /* - * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed. + * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed. */ wmPtr->vRoot = None; @@ -5347,16 +5304,15 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr) * * Tk_GetVRootGeometry -- * - * This procedure returns information about the virtual root - * window corresponding to a particular Tk window. + * This function returns information about the virtual root window + * corresponding to a particular Tk window. * * Results: - * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set - * with the offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding - * to tkwin. If tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window - * manager these values correspond to the virtual root window being - * used for tkwin; otherwise the offsets will be 0 and the - * dimensions will be those of the screen. + * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the + * offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If + * tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values + * correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise + * the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen. * * Side effects: * Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date. @@ -5365,12 +5321,13 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr) */ void -Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window whose virtual root is to be +Tk_GetVRootGeometry( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be * queried. */ - int *xPtr, *yPtr; /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root + int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root * here. */ - int *widthPtr, *heightPtr; /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */ + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr) + /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr; TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -5380,7 +5337,8 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) * information for that window. */ - while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) && (winPtr->parentPtr != NULL)) { + while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) + && (winPtr->parentPtr != NULL)) { winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; } wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -5392,10 +5350,9 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) *heightPtr = 0; } - /* - * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy - * it out to the caller. + * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy it out + * to the caller. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE) { @@ -5412,27 +5369,25 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) * * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow -- * - * This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust - * the x-y location of a top-level window. It delays the actual - * move to a later time and keeps window-manager information - * up-to-date with the move + * This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y + * location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later + * time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner - * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative - * frame, if there is one) is at (x,y). + * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if + * there is one) is at (x,y). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window to move. */ - int x, y; /* New location for window (within - * parent). */ +Tk_MoveToplevelWindow( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */ + int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -5451,9 +5406,8 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) /* * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry - * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the - * server that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the - * new position. + * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server + * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position. */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -5469,9 +5423,9 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) * * UpdateWmProtocols -- * - * This procedure transfers the most up-to-date information about - * window manager protocols from the WmInfo structure to the actual - * property on the top-level window. + * This function transfers the most up-to-date information about window + * manager protocols from the WmInfo structure to the actual property on + * the top-level window. * * Results: * None. @@ -5483,8 +5437,8 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) */ static void -UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr) - register WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Information about top-level window. */ +UpdateWmProtocols( + register WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about top-level window. */ { register ProtocolHandler *protPtr; Atom deleteWindowAtom; @@ -5492,15 +5446,15 @@ UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr) Atom *arrayPtr, *atomPtr; /* - * There are only two tricky parts here. First, there could be any - * number of atoms for the window, so count them and malloc an array - * to hold all of their atoms. Second, we *always* want to respond - * to the WM_DELETE_WINDOW protocol, even if no-one's officially asked. + * There are only two tricky parts here. First, there could be any number + * of atoms for the window, so count them and malloc an array to hold all + * of their atoms. Second, we *always* want to respond to the + * WM_DELETE_WINDOW protocol, even if no-one's officially asked. */ for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, count = 1; protPtr != NULL; protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr, count++) { - /* Empty loop body; we're just counting the handlers. */ + /* Empty loop body; we're just counting the handlers. */ } arrayPtr = (Atom *) ckalloc((unsigned) (count * sizeof(Atom))); deleteWindowAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, @@ -5525,25 +5479,23 @@ UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr) * * TkWmProtocolEventProc -- * - * This procedure is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a - * ClientMessage event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". - * This procedure handles the message from the window manager - * in an appropriate fashion. + * This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage + * event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the + * message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the - * protocol. + * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to which the event was sent. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* X event. */ +TkWmProtocolEventProc( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr; register ProtocolHandler *protPtr; @@ -5559,11 +5511,11 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0]; /* - * Note: it's very important to retrieve the protocol name now, - * before invoking the command, even though the name won't be used - * until after the command returns. This is because the command - * could delete winPtr, making it impossible for us to use it - * later in the call to Tk_GetAtomName. + * Note: it's very important to retrieve the protocol name now, before + * invoking the command, even though the name won't be used until after + * the command returns. This is because the command could delete winPtr, + * making it impossible for us to use it later in the call to + * Tk_GetAtomName. */ protocolName = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol); @@ -5571,8 +5523,8 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) { Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr); - interp = protPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + interp = protPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); result = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, protPtr->command); if (result != TCL_OK) { Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command for \""); @@ -5581,15 +5533,15 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) "\" window manager protocol)"); Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); Tcl_Release((ClientData) protPtr); return; } } /* - * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a - * WM_DELETE_WINDOW message then just destroy the window. + * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW + * message then just destroy the window. */ if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) { @@ -5602,12 +5554,12 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) * * TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap -- * - * This procedure will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper - * X id for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. - * Tk keeps track of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow - * structure but that does us no good here since we only get the X - * id of the wrapper window. Only those toplevel windows that are - * mapped have a position in the stacking order. + * This function will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper X id + * for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. Tk keeps track + * of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow structure but that + * does us no good here since we only get the X id of the wrapper window. + * Only those toplevel windows that are mapped have a position in the + * stacking order. * * Results: * None. @@ -5619,30 +5571,28 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) */ static void -TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* TkWindow to recurse on */ - Display *display; /* X display of parent window */ - Tcl_HashTable *table; /* Maps X id to TkWindow */ +TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* TkWindow to recurse on */ + Display *display, /* X display of parent window */ + Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Maps X id to TkWindow */ { TkWindow *childPtr; - Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; - Window wrapper; - int newEntry; if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && - !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) { - wrapper = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent != None) - ? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent - : winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window; + !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) { + Window wrapper = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent != None) + ? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent + : winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + int newEntry; - hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, - (char *) wrapper, &newEntry); - Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr); + hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr); } for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; - childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { - TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table); + childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { + TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table); } } @@ -5651,11 +5601,11 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) * * TkWmStackorderToplevel -- * - * This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows. + * This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows. * * Results: - * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order - * or else NULL if there was an error. + * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else + * NULL if there was an error. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -5664,8 +5614,8 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) */ TkWindow ** -TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) - TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Parent toplevel window. */ +TkWmStackorderToplevel( + TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */ { Window dummy1, dummy2, vRoot; Window *children; @@ -5682,51 +5632,52 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); - window_ptr = windows = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) - * sizeof(TkWindow *)); + window_ptr = windows = (TkWindow **) + ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *)); /* - * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped - * there is no need to call XQueryTree. + * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to + * call XQueryTree. */ switch (table.numEntries) { case 0: - windows[0] = NULL; - goto done; + windows[0] = NULL; + goto done; case 1: - hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); - windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - windows[1] = NULL; - goto done; + hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); + windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + windows[1] = NULL; + goto done; } vRoot = parentPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot; if (vRoot == None) { - vRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) parentPtr)); + vRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) parentPtr)); } if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2, - &children, &numChildren) == 0) { - ckfree((char *) windows); - windows = NULL; + &children, &numChildren) == 0) { + ckfree((char *) windows); + windows = NULL; } else { - for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) { - hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]); - if (hPtr != NULL) { - childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - *window_ptr++ = childWinPtr; - } - } - if ((window_ptr - windows) != table.numEntries) - Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children"); - *window_ptr = NULL; + for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) { + hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]); + if (hPtr != NULL) { + childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + *window_ptr++ = childWinPtr; + } + } + if ((window_ptr - windows) != table.numEntries) { + Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children"); + } + *window_ptr = NULL; if (numChildren) { XFree((char *) children); } } - done: + done: Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table); return windows; } @@ -5736,25 +5687,25 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) * * TkWmRestackToplevel -- * - * This procedure restacks a top-level window. + * This function restacks a top-level window. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. + * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to restack. */ - int aboveBelow; /* Gives relative position for restacking; +TkWmRestackToplevel( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */ + int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking; * must be Above or Below. */ - TkWindow *otherPtr; /* Window relative to which to restack; - * if NULL, then winPtr gets restacked - * above or below *all* siblings. */ + TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if + * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or + * below *all* siblings. */ { XWindowChanges changes; unsigned int mask; @@ -5767,6 +5718,7 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) /* * Make sure that winPtr and its wrapper window have been created. */ + if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); } @@ -5777,6 +5729,7 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) * The window is to be restacked with respect to another toplevel. * Make sure it has been created as well. */ + if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr); } @@ -5785,15 +5738,14 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) } /* - * Reconfigure the window. Note that we use XReconfigureWMWindow - * instead of XConfigureWindow, in order to handle the case - * where the window is to be restacked with respect to another toplevel. - * See [ICCCM] 4.1.5 "Configuring the Window" and XReconfigureWMWindow(3) - * for details. + * Reconfigure the window. Note that we use XReconfigureWMWindow instead + * of XConfigureWindow, in order to handle the case where the window is to + * be restacked with respect to another toplevel. See [ICCCM] 4.1.5 + * "Configuring the Window" and XReconfigureWMWindow(3) for details. */ XReconfigureWMWindow(winPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, - Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), mask, &changes); + Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), mask, &changes); } @@ -5802,28 +5754,27 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) * * TkWmAddToColormapWindows -- * - * This procedure is called to add a given window to the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it - * isn't already there. It is invoked by the Tk code that - * creates a new colormap, in order to make sure that colormap - * information is propagated to the window manager by default. + * This function is called to add a given window to the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already + * there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in + * order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the + * window manager by default. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS - * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the - * colormaps have been set explicitly with the - * "wm colormapwindows" command. + * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its + * nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set + * explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window with a non-default colormap. - * Should not be a top-level window. */ +TkWmAddToColormapWindows( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should + * not be a top-level window. */ { TkWindow *wrapperPtr; TkWindow *topPtr; @@ -5837,7 +5788,7 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) { if (topPtr == NULL) { /* - * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation. + * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation. */ return; @@ -5879,9 +5830,8 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) } /* - * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. - * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element - * of the list. + * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically + * add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list. */ newPtr = (Window *) ckalloc((unsigned) ((count+2)*sizeof(Window))); @@ -5906,26 +5856,26 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) * * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows -- * - * This procedure is called to remove a given window from the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked - * when windows are deleted. + * This function is called to remove a given window from the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when + * windows are deleted. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS - * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the - * top-level itself is being deleted too. + * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of + * its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being + * deleted too. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that may be present in +TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that may be present in * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its - * top-level. Should not be a top-level + * top-level. Should not be a top-level * window. */ { TkWindow *wrapperPtr; @@ -5952,8 +5902,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) } if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) { /* - * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup - * the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. + * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. */ return; @@ -5980,8 +5930,7 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) } /* - * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover - * it up. + * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up. */ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { @@ -6005,10 +5954,10 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) * Fetch the position of the mouse pointer. * * Results: - * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates - * of the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't - * on tkwin's screen, then -1 values are returned for both - * coordinates. The argument tkwin must be a toplevel window. + * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates of + * the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't on tkwin's + * screen, then -1 values are returned for both coordinates. The argument + * tkwin must be a toplevel window. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -6017,10 +5966,10 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) */ void -TkGetPointerCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Toplevel window that identifies screen - * on which lookup is to be done. */ - int *xPtr, *yPtr; /* Store pointer coordinates here. */ +TkGetPointerCoords( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Toplevel window that identifies screen on + * which lookup is to be done. */ + int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -6046,16 +5995,15 @@ TkGetPointerCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) * * GetMaxSize -- * - * This procedure computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight - * values for a window, taking into account the possibility - * that they may be defaulted. + * This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a + * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be + * defaulted. * * Results: - * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled - * in with the maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, - * in grid units. If no maximum has been specified for the - * window, then this procedure computes the largest sizes that - * will fit on the screen. + * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the + * maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no + * maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes + * the largest sizes that will fit on the screen. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -6064,13 +6012,13 @@ TkGetPointerCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) */ static void -GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information for the +GetMaxSize( + WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the * window. */ - int *maxWidthPtr; /* Where to store the current maximum - * width of the window. */ - int *maxHeightPtr; /* Where to store the current maximum - * height of the window. */ + int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of + * the window. */ + int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height + * of the window. */ { int tmp; @@ -6078,15 +6026,15 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) *maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth; } else { /* - * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a - * bit of extra space for the window manager's borders. + * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of + * extra space for the window manager's borders. */ tmp = DisplayWidth(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum) - 15; if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { /* - * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units. + * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units. */ tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth @@ -6112,8 +6060,8 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) * * TkpMakeMenuWindow -- * - * Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) - * menu, or as a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette. + * Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) menu, or as + * a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette. * * Results: * None. @@ -6125,12 +6073,12 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) */ void -TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* New window. */ - int transient; /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as - * a popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means - * menu is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off - * menu. Determines whether save_under and +TkpMakeMenuWindow( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */ + int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a + * popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu + * is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu. + * Determines whether save_under and * override_redirect should be set. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -6154,13 +6102,13 @@ TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient) } /* - * The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the - * wrapper window in order to have the desired effect. However, - * also set the override-redirect bit on the window itself, so - * that the "wm overrideredirect" command will see it. + * The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper + * window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the + * override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm + * overrideredirect" command will see it. */ - if ((atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->override_redirect) + if ((atts.override_redirect!=Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->override_redirect) || (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->save_under)) { Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder, &atts); @@ -6175,9 +6123,9 @@ TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient) * * CreateWrapper -- * - * This procedure is invoked to create the wrapper window for a - * toplevel window. It is called just before a toplevel is mapped - * for the first time. + * This function is invoked to create the wrapper window for a toplevel + * window. It is called just before a toplevel is mapped for the first + * time. * * Results: * None. @@ -6189,8 +6137,8 @@ TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient) */ static void -CreateWrapper(wmPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information for the +CreateWrapper( + WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information for the * window. */ { TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr; @@ -6204,12 +6152,12 @@ CreateWrapper(wmPtr) } /* - * The code below is copied from CreateTopLevelWindow, - * Tk_MakeWindowExist, and TkpMakeWindow; The idea is to create an - * "official" Tk window (so that we can get events on it), but to - * hide the window outside the official Tk hierarchy so that it - * isn't visible to the application. See the comments for the other - * procedures if you have questions about this code. + * The code below is copied from CreateTopLevelWindow, Tk_MakeWindowExist, + * and TkpMakeWindow. The idea is to create an "official" Tk window (so + * that we can get events on it), but to hide the window outside the + * official Tk hierarchy so that it isn't visible to the application. See + * the comments for the other functions if you have questions about this + * code. */ wmPtr->wrapperPtr = wrapperPtr = TkAllocWindow(winPtr->dispPtr, @@ -6217,12 +6165,11 @@ CreateWrapper(wmPtr) wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts |= CWBorderPixel; /* - * Tk doesn't normally select for StructureNotifyMask events because - * the events are synthesized internally. However, for wrapper - * windows we need to know when the window manager modifies the - * window configuration. We also need to select on focus change - * events; these are the only windows for which we care about focus - * changes. + * Tk doesn't normally select for StructureNotifyMask events because the + * events are synthesized internally. However, for wrapper windows we need + * to know when the window manager modifies the window configuration. We + * also need to select on focus change events; these are the only windows + * for which we care about focus changes. */ wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_WRAPPER; @@ -6257,9 +6204,9 @@ CreateWrapper(wmPtr) 0, 0); /* - * Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order - * to detect changes made by window managers such as resizing, - * mapping, unmapping, etc.. + * Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order to detect + * changes made by window managers such as resizing, mapping, unmapping, + * etc.. */ Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr, StructureNotifyMask, @@ -6271,16 +6218,15 @@ CreateWrapper(wmPtr) * * TkWmFocusToplevel -- * - * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. - * The focus code responds to externally generated focus-related - * events on wrapper windows but ignores those events for any other - * windows. This procedure determines whether a given window is a - * wrapper window and, if so, returns the toplevel window - * corresponding to the wrapper. + * This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. The focus + * code responds to externally generated focus-related events on wrapper + * windows but ignores those events for any other windows. This function + * determines whether a given window is a wrapper window and, if so, + * returns the toplevel window corresponding to the wrapper. * * Results: - * If winPtr is a wrapper window, returns a pointer to the - * corresponding toplevel window; otherwise returns NULL. + * If winPtr is a wrapper window, returns a pointer to the corresponding + * toplevel window; otherwise returns NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -6289,8 +6235,8 @@ CreateWrapper(wmPtr) */ TkWindow * -TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that received a focus-related +TkWmFocusToplevel( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related * event. */ { if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_WRAPPER)) { @@ -6304,31 +6250,30 @@ TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr) * * TkUnixSetMenubar -- * - * This procedure is invoked by menu management code to specify the - * window to use as a menubar for a given toplevel window. + * This function is invoked by menu management code to specify the window + * to use as a menubar for a given toplevel window. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The window given by menubar will be mapped and positioned inside - * the wrapper for tkwin and above tkwin. Menubar will - * automatically be resized to maintain the height specified by - * TkUnixSetMenuHeight the same width as tkwin. Any previous - * menubar specified for tkwin will be unmapped and ignored from - * now on. + * The window given by menubar will be mapped and positioned inside the + * wrapper for tkwin and above tkwin. Menubar will automatically be + * resized to maintain the height specified by TkUnixSetMenuHeight the + * same width as tkwin. Any previous menubar specified for tkwin will be + * unmapped and ignored from now on. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for toplevel window. */ - Tk_Window menubar; /* Token for window that is to serve as - * menubar for tkwin. Must not be a - * toplevel window. If NULL, any - * existing menubar is canceled and the - * menu height is reset to 0. */ +TkUnixSetMenubar( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for toplevel window. */ + Tk_Window menubar) /* Token for window that is to serve as + * menubar for tkwin. Must not be a toplevel + * window. If NULL, any existing menubar is + * canceled and the menu height is reset to + * 0. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window parent; @@ -6336,9 +6281,9 @@ TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar) if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) { /* - * There's already a menubar for this toplevel. If it isn't the - * same as the new menubar, unmap it so that it is out of the - * way, and reparent it back to its original parent. + * There's already a menubar for this toplevel. If it isn't the same + * as the new menubar, unmap it so that it is out of the way, and + * reparent it back to its original parent. */ if (wmPtr->menubar == menubar) { @@ -6355,7 +6300,7 @@ TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar) } Tk_DeleteEventHandler(wmPtr->menubar, StructureNotifyMask, MenubarDestroyProc, (ClientData) wmPtr->menubar); - Tk_ManageGeometry(wmPtr->menubar, NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + Tk_ManageGeometry(wmPtr->menubar, NULL, NULL); } wmPtr->menubar = menubar; @@ -6363,7 +6308,7 @@ TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar) wmPtr->menuHeight = 0; } else { if ((menubarPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) - || (Tk_Screen(menubar) != Tk_Screen(tkwin))) { + || (Tk_Screen(menubar) != Tk_Screen(tkwin))) { Tcl_Panic("TkUnixSetMenubar got bad menubar"); } wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(menubar); @@ -6397,24 +6342,24 @@ TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar) * * MenubarDestroyProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the event dispatcher whenever a - * menubar window is destroyed (it's also invoked for a few other - * kinds of events, but we ignore those). + * This function is invoked by the event dispatcher whenever a menubar + * window is destroyed (it's also invoked for a few other kinds of + * events, but we ignore those). * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The association between the window and its toplevel is broken, - * so that the window is no longer considered to be a menubar. + * The association between the window and its toplevel is broken, so that + * the window is no longer considered to be a menubar. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -MenubarDestroyProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* TkWindow pointer for menubar. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Describes what just happened. */ +MenubarDestroyProc( + ClientData clientData, /* TkWindow pointer for menubar. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -6436,9 +6381,8 @@ MenubarDestroyProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * MenubarReqProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk geometry management code - * whenever a menubar calls Tk_GeometryRequest to request a new - * size. + * This function is invoked by the Tk geometry management code whenever a + * menubar calls Tk_GeometryRequest to request a new size. * * Results: * None. @@ -6450,10 +6394,10 @@ MenubarDestroyProc(clientData, eventPtr) */ static void -MenubarReqProc(clientData, tkwin) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to the window manager - * information for tkwin's toplevel. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Handle for menubar window. */ +MenubarReqProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the window manager information + * for tkwin's toplevel. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Handle for menubar window. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) clientData; @@ -6473,12 +6417,12 @@ MenubarReqProc(clientData, tkwin) * * TkpGetWrapperWindow -- * - * Given a toplevel window return the hidden wrapper window for - * the toplevel window if available. + * Given a toplevel window return the hidden wrapper window for the + * toplevel window if available. * * Results: - * The wrapper window. NULL is we were not passed a toplevel - * window or the wrapper has yet to be created. + * The wrapper window. NULL is we were not passed a toplevel window or + * the wrapper has yet to be created. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -6487,8 +6431,8 @@ MenubarReqProc(clientData, tkwin) */ TkWindow * -TkpGetWrapperWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* A toplevel window pointer. */ +TkpGetWrapperWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* A toplevel window pointer. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -6504,8 +6448,8 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow(winPtr) * * UpdateCommand -- * - * Update the WM_COMMAND property, taking care to translate - * the command strings into the external encoding. + * Update the WM_COMMAND property, taking care to translate the command + * strings into the external encoding. * * Results: * None. @@ -6517,8 +6461,8 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow(winPtr) */ static void -UpdateCommand(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +UpdateCommand( + TkWindow *winPtr) { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tcl_DString cmds, ds; @@ -6526,15 +6470,15 @@ UpdateCommand(winPtr) char **cmdArgv; /* - * Translate the argv strings into the external encoding. To avoid - * allocating lots of memory, the strings are appended to a buffer - * with nulls between each string. + * Translate the argv strings into the external encoding. To avoid + * allocating lots of memory, the strings are appended to a buffer with + * nulls between each string. * - * This code is tricky because we need to pass and array of pointers - * to XSetCommand. However, we can't compute the pointers as we go - * because the DString buffer space could get reallocated. So, store - * offsets for each element as we go, then compute pointers from the - * offsets once the entire DString is done. + * This code is tricky because we need to pass and array of pointers to + * XSetCommand. However, we can't compute the pointers as we go because + * the DString buffer space could get reallocated. So, store offsets for + * each element as we go, then compute pointers from the offsets once the + * entire DString is done. */ cmdArgv = (char **) ckalloc(sizeof(char *) * wmPtr->cmdArgc); @@ -6564,8 +6508,8 @@ UpdateCommand(winPtr) * * TkpWmSetState -- * - * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a - * given toplevel window. + * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given + * toplevel window. * * Results: * 0 on error, 1 otherwise @@ -6577,49 +6521,57 @@ UpdateCommand(winPtr) */ int -TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ - int state; /* One of IconicState, NormalState, - * or WithdrawnState. */ +TkpWmSetState( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ + int state) /* One of IconicState, NormalState, or + * WithdrawnState. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; if (state == WithdrawnState) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; - wmPtr->withdrawn = 1; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return 1; - } - if (XWithdrawWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - winPtr->screenNum) == 0) { - return 0; - } - WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; + wmPtr->withdrawn = 1; + if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { + return 1; + } + if (XWithdrawWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, + winPtr->screenNum) == 0) { + return 0; + } + WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); } else if (state == NormalState) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; - wmPtr->withdrawn = 0; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return 1; - } - UpdateHints(winPtr); - Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; + wmPtr->withdrawn = 0; + if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { + return 1; + } + UpdateHints(winPtr); + Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); } else if (state == IconicState) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = IconicState; - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - return 1; - } - if (wmPtr->withdrawn) { - UpdateHints(winPtr); - Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); - wmPtr->withdrawn = 0; - } else { - if (XIconifyWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, - winPtr->screenNum) == 0) { - return 0; - } - WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); - } + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = IconicState; + if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { + return 1; + } + if (wmPtr->withdrawn) { + UpdateHints(winPtr); + Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); + wmPtr->withdrawn = 0; + } else { + if (XIconifyWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, + winPtr->screenNum) == 0) { + return 0; + } + WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0); + } } return 1; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixXId.c b/unix/tkUnixXId.c index 9f3dd82..37a621f 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixXId.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixXId.c @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ -/* +/* * tkUnixXId.c -- * - * This file provides a replacement function for the default X - * resource allocator (_XAllocID). The problem with the default - * allocator is that it never re-uses ids, which causes long-lived - * applications to crash when X resource identifiers wrap around. - * The replacement functions in this file re-use old identifiers - * to prevent this problem. + * This file provides a replacement function for the default X resource + * allocator (_XAllocID). The problem with the default allocator is that + * it never re-uses ids, which causes long-lived applications to crash + * when X resource identifiers wrap around. The replacement functions in + * this file re-use old identifiers to prevent this problem. * * The code in this file is based on similar implementations by * George C. Kaplan and Michael Hoegeman. @@ -14,16 +13,16 @@ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixXId.c,v 1.7 2002/04/12 10:06:09 hobbs Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixXId.c,v 1.8 2005/10/21 01:51:45 dkf Exp $ */ /* - * The definition below is needed on some systems so that we can access - * the resource_alloc field of Display structures in order to replace - * the resource allocator. + * The definition below is needed on some systems so that we can access the + * resource_alloc field of Display structures in order to replace the resource + * allocator. */ #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS 1 @@ -32,38 +31,37 @@ #include "tkPort.h" /* - * A structure of the following type is used to hold one or more - * available resource identifiers. There is a list of these structures - * for each display. + * A structure of the following type is used to hold one or more available + * resource identifiers. There is a list of these structures for each display. */ #define IDS_PER_STACK 10 typedef struct TkIdStack { - XID ids[IDS_PER_STACK]; /* Array of free identifiers. */ - int numUsed; /* Indicates how many of the entries - * in ids are currently in use. */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display to which ids belong. */ - struct TkIdStack *nextPtr; /* Next bunch of free identifiers - * for the same display. */ + XID ids[IDS_PER_STACK]; /* Array of free identifiers. */ + int numUsed; /* Indicates how many of the entries in ids + * are currently in use. */ + TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display to which ids belong. */ + struct TkIdStack *nextPtr; /* Next bunch of free identifiers for the same + * display. */ } TkIdStack; /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static XID AllocXId _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display)); -static Tk_RestrictAction CheckRestrictProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void WindowIdCleanup _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); -static void WindowIdCleanup2 _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); +static XID AllocXId(Display *display); +static Tk_RestrictAction CheckRestrictProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static void WindowIdCleanup(ClientData clientData); +static void WindowIdCleanup2(ClientData clientData); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkInitXId -- * - * This procedure is called to initialize the id allocator for - * a given display. + * This function is called to initialize the id allocator for a given + * display. * * Results: * None. @@ -75,13 +73,12 @@ static void WindowIdCleanup2 _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); */ void -TkInitXId(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Tk's information about the - * display. */ +TkInitXId( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's information about the display. */ { dispPtr->idStackPtr = NULL; - dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display))) - dispPtr->display->resource_alloc; + dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display))) + dispPtr->display->resource_alloc; dispPtr->display->resource_alloc = AllocXId; dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL; dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = (Tcl_TimerToken) 0; @@ -92,8 +89,8 @@ TkInitXId(dispPtr) * * TkFreeXId -- * - * This procedure is called to free resources for the id allocator - * for a given display. + * This function is called to free resources for the id allocator for a + * given display. * * Results: * None. @@ -105,9 +102,8 @@ TkInitXId(dispPtr) */ void -TkFreeXId(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Tk's information about the - * display. */ +TkFreeXId( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's information about the display. */ { TkIdStack *stackPtr, *freePtr; @@ -135,23 +131,23 @@ TkFreeXId(dispPtr) * * AllocXId -- * - * This procedure is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator - * for a display. + * This function is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator for a + * display. * * Results: - * The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently - * in use. + * The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently in + * use. * * Side effects: - * The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers, - * if it was previously on the stack. + * The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers, if it + * was previously on the stack. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static XID -AllocXId(display) - Display *display; /* Display for which to allocate. */ +AllocXId( + Display *display) /* Display for which to allocate. */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr; TkIdStack *stackPtr; @@ -161,10 +157,10 @@ AllocXId(display) */ dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display); - + /* - * If the topmost chunk on the stack is empty then free it. Then - * check for a free id on the stack and return it if it exists. + * If the topmost chunk on the stack is empty then free it. Then check for + * a free id on the stack and return it if it exists. */ stackPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr; @@ -182,11 +178,10 @@ AllocXId(display) } /* - * No free ids in the stack: just get one from the default - * allocator. + * No free ids in the stack: just get one from the default allocator. */ - defAlloc: + defAlloc: return (*dispPtr->defaultAllocProc)(display); } @@ -195,8 +190,8 @@ AllocXId(display) * * Tk_FreeXId -- * - * This procedure is called to indicate that an X resource identifier - * is now free. + * This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is + * now free. * * Results: * None. @@ -209,11 +204,9 @@ AllocXId(display) */ void -Tk_FreeXId(display, xid) - Display *display; /* Display for which xid was - * allocated. */ - XID xid; /* Identifier that is no longer - * in use. */ +Tk_FreeXId( + Display *display, /* Display for which xid was allocated. */ + XID xid) /* Identifier that is no longer in use. */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr; TkIdStack *stackPtr; @@ -227,7 +220,7 @@ Tk_FreeXId(display, xid) /* * Add a new chunk to the stack if the current chunk is full. */ - + stackPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr; if ((stackPtr == NULL) || (stackPtr->numUsed >= IDS_PER_STACK)) { stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkIdStack)); @@ -250,68 +243,64 @@ Tk_FreeXId(display, xid) * * TkFreeWindowId -- * - * This procedure is invoked instead of TkFreeXId for window ids. - * See below for the reason why. + * This function is invoked instead of TkFreeXId for window ids. See + * below for the reason why. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The id given by w will eventually be freed, so that it can be - * reused for other resources. + * The id given by w will eventually be freed, so that it can be reused + * for other resources. * * Design: - * Freeing window ids is very tricky because there could still be - * events pending for a window in the event queue (or even in the - * server) at the time the window is destroyed. If the window - * id were to get reused immediately for another window, old - * events could "drop in" on the new window, causing unexpected - * behavior. - * - * Thus we have to wait to re-use a window id until we know that - * there are no events left for it. Right now this is done in - * two steps. First, we wait until we know that the server - * has seen the XDestroyWindow request, so we can be sure that - * it won't generate more events for the window and that any - * existing events are in our queue. Second, we make sure that - * there are no events whatsoever in our queue (this is conservative - * but safe). - * - * The first step is done by remembering the request id of the - * XDestroyWindow request and using LastKnownRequestProcessed to - * see what events the server has processed. If multiple windows - * get destroyed at about the same time, we just remember the - * most recent request number for any of them (again, conservative - * but safe). - * - * There are a few other complications as well. When Tk destroys a - * sub-tree of windows, it only issues a single XDestroyWindow call, - * at the very end for the root of the subtree. We can't free any of - * the window ids until the final XDestroyWindow call. To make sure - * that this happens, we have to keep track of deletions in progress, - * hence the need for the "destroyCount" field of the display. - * - * One final problem. Some servers, like Sun X11/News servers still - * seem to have problems with ids getting reused too quickly. I'm - * not completely sure why this is a problem, but delaying the - * recycling of ids appears to eliminate it. Therefore, we wait - * an additional few seconds, even after "the coast is clear" - * before reusing the ids. + * Freeing window ids is very tricky because there could still be events + * pending for a window in the event queue (or even in the server) at the + * time the window is destroyed. If the window id were to get reused + * immediately for another window, old events could "drop in" on the new + * window, causing unexpected behavior. + * + * Thus we have to wait to re-use a window id until we know that there + * are no events left for it. Right now this is done in two steps. First, + * we wait until we know that the server has seen the XDestroyWindow + * request, so we can be sure that it won't generate more events for the + * window and that any existing events are in our queue. Second, we make + * sure that there are no events whatsoever in our queue (this is + * conservative but safe). + * + * The first step is done by remembering the request id of the + * XDestroyWindow request and using LastKnownRequestProcessed to see what + * events the server has processed. If multiple windows get destroyed at + * about the same time, we just remember the most recent request number + * for any of them (again, conservative but safe). + * + * There are a few other complications as well. When Tk destroys a + * sub-tree of windows, it only issues a single XDestroyWindow call, at + * the very end for the root of the subtree. We can't free any of the + * window ids until the final XDestroyWindow call. To make sure that this + * happens, we have to keep track of deletions in progress, hence the + * need for the "destroyCount" field of the display. + * + * One final problem. Some servers, like Sun X11/News servers still seem + * to have problems with ids getting reused too quickly. I'm not + * completely sure why this is a problem, but delaying the recycling of + * ids appears to eliminate it. Therefore, we wait an additional few + * seconds, even after "the coast is clear" before reusing the ids. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr, w) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display that w belongs to. */ - Window w; /* X identifier for window on dispPtr. */ +TkFreeWindowId( + TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display that w belongs to. */ + Window w) /* X identifier for window on dispPtr. */ { TkIdStack *stackPtr; /* - * Put the window id on a separate stack of window ids, rather - * than the main stack, so it won't get reused right away. Add - * a new chunk to the stack if the current chunk is full. + * Put the window id on a separate stack of window ids, rather than the + * main stack, so it won't get reused right away. Add a new chunk to the + * stack if the current chunk is full. */ stackPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr; @@ -331,13 +320,12 @@ TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr, w) stackPtr->numUsed++; /* - * Schedule a call to WindowIdCleanup if one isn't already - * scheduled. + * Schedule a call to WindowIdCleanup if one isn't already scheduled. */ if (!dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled) { - dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = - Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(100, WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr); + dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(100, + WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr); } } @@ -346,24 +334,23 @@ TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr, w) * * WindowIdCleanup -- * - * See if we can now free up all the accumulated ids of - * deleted windows. + * See if we can now free up all the accumulated ids of deleted windows. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * If it's safe to move the window ids back to the main free - * list, we schedule this to happen after a few mores seconds - * of delay. If it's not safe to move them yet, a timer handler - * gets invoked to try again later. + * If it's safe to move the window ids back to the main free list, we + * schedule this to happen after a few mores seconds of delay. If it's + * not safe to move them yet, a timer handler gets invoked to try again + * later. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -WindowIdCleanup(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to TkDisplay for display */ +WindowIdCleanup( + ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkDisplay for display */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData; int anyEvents, delta; @@ -374,14 +361,14 @@ WindowIdCleanup(clientData) dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = (Tcl_TimerToken) 0; /* - * See if it's safe to recycle the window ids. It's safe if: + * See if it's safe to recycle the window ids. It's safe if: * (a) no deletions are in progress. * (b) the server has seen all of the requests up to the last * XDestroyWindow request. - * (c) there are no events in the event queue; the only way to - * test for this right now is to create a restrict proc that - * will filter the events, then call Tcl_DoOneEvent to see if - * the procedure gets invoked. + * (c) there are no events in the event queue; the only way to test for + * this right now is to create a restrict proc that will filter the + * events, then call Tcl_DoOneEvent to see if the function gets + * invoked. */ if (dispPtr->destroyCount > 0) { @@ -402,8 +389,8 @@ WindowIdCleanup(clientData) } /* - * These ids look safe to recycle, but we still need to delay a bit - * more (see comments for TkFreeWindowId). Schedule the final freeing. + * These ids look safe to recycle, but we still need to delay a bit more + * (see comments for TkFreeWindowId). Schedule the final freeing. */ if (dispPtr->windowStackPtr != NULL) { @@ -414,12 +401,12 @@ WindowIdCleanup(clientData) return; /* - * It's still not safe to free up the ids. Try again a bit later. + * It's still not safe to free up the ids. Try again a bit later. */ - tryAgain: - dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = - Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(500, WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr); + tryAgain: + dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(500, + WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr); } /* @@ -427,9 +414,9 @@ WindowIdCleanup(clientData) * * WindowIdCleanup2 -- * - * This procedure is the last one in the chain that recycles - * window ids. It takes all of the ids indicated by its - * argument and adds them back to the main id free list. + * This function is the last one in the chain that recycles window ids. + * It takes all of the ids indicated by its argument and adds them back + * to the main id free list. * * Results: * None. @@ -441,8 +428,8 @@ WindowIdCleanup(clientData) */ static void -WindowIdCleanup2(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to TkIdStack list. */ +WindowIdCleanup2( + ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkIdStack list. */ { TkIdStack *stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) clientData; TkIdStack *lastPtr; @@ -460,9 +447,9 @@ WindowIdCleanup2(clientData) * * CheckRestrictProc -- * - * This procedure is a restrict procedure, called by Tcl_DoOneEvent - * to filter X events. All it does is to set a flag to indicate - * that there are X events present. + * This function is a restrict function, called by Tcl_DoOneEvent to + * filter X events. All it does is to set a flag to indicate that there + * are X events present. * * Results: * Sets the integer pointed to by the argument, then returns @@ -475,9 +462,9 @@ WindowIdCleanup2(clientData) */ static Tk_RestrictAction -CheckRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to flag to set. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Event to filter; not used. */ +CheckRestrictProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to flag to set. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event to filter; not used. */ { int *flag = (int *) clientData; *flag = 1; @@ -489,8 +476,8 @@ CheckRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * Tk_GetPixmap -- * - * Same as the XCreatePixmap procedure except that it manages - * resource identifiers better. + * Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource + * identifiers better. * * Results: * Returns a new pixmap. @@ -502,11 +489,11 @@ CheckRestrictProc(clientData, eventPtr) */ Pixmap -Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) - Display *display; /* Display for new pixmap. */ - Drawable d; /* Drawable where pixmap will be used. */ - int width, height; /* Dimensions of pixmap. */ - int depth; /* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */ +Tk_GetPixmap( + Display *display, /* Display for new pixmap. */ + Drawable d, /* Drawable where pixmap will be used. */ + int width, int height, /* Dimensions of pixmap. */ + int depth) /* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */ { return XCreatePixmap(display, d, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, (unsigned) depth); @@ -517,23 +504,23 @@ Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) * * Tk_FreePixmap -- * - * Same as the XFreePixmap procedure except that it also marks - * the resource identifier as free. + * Same as the XFreePixmap function except that it also marks the + * resource identifier as free. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The pixmap is freed in the X server and its resource identifier - * is saved for re-use. + * The pixmap is freed in the X server and its resource identifier is + * saved for re-use. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap) - Display *display; /* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */ - Pixmap pixmap; /* Identifier for pixmap. */ +Tk_FreePixmap( + Display *display, /* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */ + Pixmap pixmap) /* Identifier for pixmap. */ { XFreePixmap(display, pixmap); Tk_FreeXId(display, (XID) pixmap); @@ -544,10 +531,10 @@ Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap) * * TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted -- * - * Checks whether the window was recently deleted. This is called - * by the generic error handler to detect asynchronous notification - * of errors due to operations by Tk on a window that was already - * deleted by the server. + * Checks whether the window was recently deleted. This is called by the + * generic error handler to detect asynchronous notification of errors + * due to operations by Tk on a window that was already deleted by the + * server. * * Results: * 1 if the window was deleted recently, 0 otherwise. @@ -559,21 +546,20 @@ Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap) */ int -TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(win, dispPtr) - Window win; /* The window to check for. */ - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* The window belongs to this display. */ +TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted( + Window win, /* The window to check for. */ + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* The window belongs to this display. */ { TkIdStack *stackPtr; int i; - for (stackPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr; - stackPtr != NULL; - stackPtr = stackPtr->nextPtr) { - for (i = 0; i < stackPtr->numUsed; i++) { - if ((Window) stackPtr->ids[i] == win) { - return 1; - } - } + for (stackPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr; stackPtr != NULL; + stackPtr = stackPtr->nextPtr) { + for (i = 0; i < stackPtr->numUsed; i++) { + if ((Window) stackPtr->ids[i] == win) { + return 1; + } + } } return 0; } @@ -586,10 +572,10 @@ TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(win, dispPtr) * Given a string, produce the corresponding Window Id. * * Results: - * The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr - * will be set to the Window value equivalent to string. If - * string is improperly formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and - * an error message will be left in the interp's result. + * The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr will be set + * to the Window value equivalent to string. If string is improperly + * formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message will be left in + * the interp's result. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -598,16 +584,24 @@ TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(win, dispPtr) */ int -TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, idPtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; - CONST char *string; - Window *idPtr; +TkpScanWindowId( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + CONST char *string, + Window *idPtr) { int value; + if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &value) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } *idPtr = (Window) value; return TCL_OK; } - + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ |